diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-8.txt | 3251 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 51877 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 2285879 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/28302-h.htm | 3995 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/emblem.png | bin | 0 -> 7109 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 55757 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 83254 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i003.png | bin | 0 -> 2432 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29109 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56896 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i009.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54154 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i010.jpg | bin | 0 -> 50575 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i011.jpg | bin | 0 -> 65967 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i014.jpg | bin | 0 -> 67549 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i015.jpg | bin | 0 -> 46573 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i016.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41536 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i018.jpg | bin | 0 -> 79705 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i020.jpg | bin | 0 -> 75299 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i021.jpg | bin | 0 -> 87791 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i023.jpg | bin | 0 -> 64445 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i024.jpg | bin | 0 -> 71961 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i026.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43341 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i027.jpg | bin | 0 -> 58332 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i028.jpg | bin | 0 -> 66614 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i031.jpg | bin | 0 -> 48302 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i033.jpg | bin | 0 -> 60570 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i034.jpg | bin | 0 -> 60599 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i036.jpg | bin | 0 -> 71808 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i038.jpg | bin | 0 -> 76467 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i039.jpg | bin | 0 -> 64594 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i040.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56305 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i041.jpg | bin | 0 -> 68869 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i042.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28957 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i043.jpg | bin | 0 -> 62603 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i045.jpg | bin | 0 -> 74611 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i047.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56174 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i048.jpg | bin | 0 -> 57387 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i051.jpg | bin | 0 -> 61217 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i052.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56647 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i053.jpg | bin | 0 -> 58910 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i054.jpg | bin | 0 -> 64566 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/i056.jpg | bin | 0 -> 75032 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/music1.png | bin | 0 -> 2467 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/music2.png | bin | 0 -> 3103 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/music3.png | bin | 0 -> 3257 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/images/music4.png | bin | 0 -> 3604 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/music/bear1.mid | bin | 0 -> 426 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/music/bear2.mid | bin | 0 -> 417 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/music/bear3.mid | bin | 0 -> 444 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/music/bear4.mid | bin | 0 -> 393 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302-h/music/bearfull.mid | bin | 0 -> 1165 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302.txt | 3251 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 28302.zip | bin | 0 -> 51860 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
56 files changed, 10513 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/28302-8.txt b/28302-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c30b11d --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3251 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Arkansaw Bear, by Albert Bigelow Paine + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Arkansaw Bear + A Tale of Fanciful Adventure + +Author: Albert Bigelow Paine + +Illustrator: Frank Ver Beck + +Release Date: March 10, 2009 [EBook #28302] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ARKANSAW BEAR *** + + + + +Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net Music by Linda +Cantoni(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + + +THE ARKANSAW BEAR + + +[Illustration] + +NEW YORK R. H. RUSSELL PUBLISHER + +[Illustration: BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO] + + + + + +THE ARKANSAW BEAR + + +A TALE OF FANCIFUL ADVENTURE + +TOLD + +IN SONG AND STORY BY + +ALBERT BIGELOW PAINE + +IN PICTURES BY + +FRANK VER BECK + +[Illustration] + + NEW YORK: R. H. RUSSELL + LONDON: + KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRÜBNER & CO. + + MDCCCXCVIII + + COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY + + ROBERT HOWARD RUSSELL + + Printed in the United States of America + + + + + DEDICATION + + TO MASTER FRANK VER BECK, + + FOR WHOSE + + BEDTIME ENTERTAINMENT + + THE ARKANSAW BEAR + + FIRST PERFORMED + + + + +CONTENTS + + + CHAPTER PAGE + I The Meeting of Bosephus and Horatio 11 + II The First Performance 20 + III Horatio and the Dogs 29 + IV The Dance of the Forest People 38 + V Good-bye to Arkansaw 46 + VI An Exciting Race 55 + VII Horatio's Moonlight Adventure 64 + VIII Sweet and Sour 73 + IX In Jail at Last 83 + X An Afternoon's Fishing 92 + XI The Road Home 101 + XII The Bear Colony at Last. The Parting of Bosephus + and Horatio 111 + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE MEETING OF BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, 'twas down in the woods of the Arkansaw, + And the night was cloudy and the wind was raw, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And he didn't have a bed and he didn't have a bite, + And if he hadn't fiddled he'd a travelled all night." + + +BOSEPHUS paused in his mad flight to listen. Surely this was someone +playing the violin, and the tune was familiar. + +He listened more intently. + + "But he came to a cabin and an old gray man, + And says he, 'Where am I going? Now tell me if you can----'" + +It was the "Arkansaw Traveller" and close at hand. The little boy tore +hastily through the brush in the direction of the music. The moon had +come up, and he could see quite well, but he did not pause to pick his +way. As he stepped from the thicket out into an open space the fiddling +ceased. It was bright moonlight there, too, and as Bosephus took in the +situation his blood turned cold. + +In the center of the open space was a large tree. Backed up against this +tree, and looking straight at the little boy, with fiddle in position +for playing, and uplifted bow, was a huge Black Bear! + +Bosephus looked at the Bear, and the Bear looked at Bosephus. + +"Who are you, and what are you doing here?" he roared. + +"I--I am Bo-se-Bosephus, an' I--I g-guess I'm l-lost!" gasped the little +boy. + +"Guess you are!" laughed the Bear, as he drew the bow across the +strings. + +"An-an' I haven't had any s-supper, either." + +"Neither have I!" grinned the Bear, "that is, none worth mentioning. A +young rabbit or two, perhaps, and a quart or so of blackberries, but +nothing real good and strengthening to fill up on." Then he regarded +Bosephus reflectively, and began singing as he played softly:-- + + "Oh, we'll have a little music first and then some supper, too, + But before we have the supper we will play the music through." + +"No hurry, you know. Be cool, please, and don't wiggle so." + +But Bosephus, or Bo, as he was called, was very much disturbed. So far +as he could see there was no prospect of supper for anybody but the +Bear. + +"You'll forget all about supper pretty soon," continued the Bear, +fiddling. + + "You'll forget about your supper--you'll forget about your home-- + You'll forget you ever started out in Arkansaw to roam." + +"My name is Horatio," he continued. "Called Ratio for short. But I don't +like it. Call me Horatio, in full, please." + +[Illustration: "MAYBE YOU CAN PLAY IT YOURSELF."] + +"Oh, ye-yes, sir!" said Bo, hastily. + +"See that you don't forget it!" grunted the Bear. "I don't like +familiarity in my guests. But I am clear away from the song I was +singing when you came tearing out of that thicket. Seems like I never +saw anybody in such a hurry to see me as you were. + + "Now the old man sat a-fiddling by the little cabin door, + And the tune was pretty lively, and he played it o'er and o'er; + And the stranger sat a-list'ning and a-wond'ring what to do, + As he fiddled and he fiddled, but he never played it through." + +Bo was very fond of music, and as Horatio drew from the strings the +mellow strains of "The Arkansaw Traveller" he forgot that both he and +the Bear were hungry. He could dance very well, and was just about to do +so as the Bear paused. + +"Why don't you play the rest of that tune, Horatio?" he asked, +anxiously. + +"Same reason the old man didn't!" growled the Bear, still humming the +air, + + "Oh, raddy daddy dum--daddy dum--dum--dum-- + +"Why!" continued Bo, "that's funny!" + +"Is it?" snorted Horatio; "I never thought so! + + "Then the stranger asked the fiddler 'Won't you play the rest for me?' + 'Don't know it,' says the fiddler, 'Play it for yourself!' says he----" + +"Maybe you can do what the stranger did, Bosephus--maybe you can play it +yourself, eh?" grunted the huge animal, pausing and glowering at the +little boy. + +"Oh, no, sir--I--I--that is, sir, I can only wh-whistle or s-sing it!" +trembled Bo. + +"What!" + +"Y-yes, sir. I----" + +"You can sing it?" shouted the Bear, joyfully, and for once forgetting +to fiddle. "You don't say so!" + +"Why, of course!" laughed Bo; "everybody in Arkansaw can do that. It +goes this way:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Then the stranger took the fiddle, with a ridy-diddle-diddle, + And the strings began to jingle at the tingle of the bow, + +[Illustration: Music] + + While the old man sat and listened, and his eyes with pleasure + glistened, + As he shouted 'Hallelujah! And hurray--for--Joe!'" + +When Bo had finished, Horatio stood perfectly still for some moments in +astonishment and admiration. Then he came up close to the little boy. + +"Look here, Bo," he said, "if you'll teach me to play and sing that +tune, we'll forget all about that sort o' personal supper I was planning +on, and I'll take you home all in one piece. And anything you want to +know I'll tell you, and anything I've got, except the fiddle, is yours. +Furthermore, you can call me Ratio, too, see? + + 'Oh, ridy-diddy, diddy-diddy----' + +how does it go? Give me a start, please." + +Bo brightened up at once. He liked to teach things immensely, and +especially to ask questions. + +"Why, of course, Ratio," he said, condescendingly; "I shall be most +happy. And I can make up poetry, too. Ready, now:-- + + "I am glad to be the teacher of this kind and gentle creature, + Who can play upon the fiddle in a----" + +"Wait, Bo! wait till I catch up!" cried Horatio, excitedly. "Now!" + +"Hold on, Ratio. I want to ask a question!" + +"All right! Fire away! I couldn't get any further anyhow." + +"Well," said Bo, "I want to know how you ever learned to play the +fiddle." + +Horatio did not reply at first, but closed his eyes reflectively and +drew the bow across the string softly. + + "Oh, raddy daddy dum--daddy dum--dum--dum--- + +"I took a course of lessons," he said, presently, "but it is a long +story, and some of it is not pleasant. I think we had better go on with +the music now:-- + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo, + Went out into the woods when the moon was low, + And he met an Old Bear who was hungry for a snack, + And his folks are still awaiting for Bosephus to come back." + +"Go right on with the rest of it," said Bo, hastily. + + "For the boy became the teacher of this kind and gentle creature, + Who can play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way." + +"But I say, Ratio," interrupted Bo again, "how did it come you never +learned to play the second part of that tune?" + +Horatio scowled fiercely at first, and then once more grew quite +pensive. He played listlessly as he replied:-- + +"Ah," he said, "my teacher was--was unfortunate. He taught me to play +the first part of that tune. He would have taught me the rest of it--if +he had had time." + +Horatio drew the bow lightly across the strings and began to sing, in a +far-away voice:-- + + "Oh, there was an old man, and his name was Jim, + And he had a pet bear who was fond of him; + But the man was very cruel and abusive to his pet, + And one day his people missed him, and they haven't found him yet." + +"Oh!" said Bo; "and w-what happened, Horatio?" + +Horatio paused and dashed away a tear. + +"It happened in a lonely place," he said, chewing reflectively, "a +lonely place in the woods, like this. We were both of us tired and +hungry and he grew impatient and beat me. He also spoke of my parents +with disrespect, and in the excitement that followed he died." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +"Yes," repeated Horatio, "he died. He was such a nice man--such a nice +fat Italian man, and so good while--while he lasted." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +Horatio sighed. + +"His death quite took away my appetite," he mused. "I often miss him +now, and long for some one to take his place. I kept this fiddle, +though, and he might have been teaching me the second part of that tune +on it now if his people hadn't missed him--that is, if he hadn't been +impatient, I mean." + +"Oh, Ratio!" said Bo, "I will teach you the tune all through! And I will +never be the least bit impatient or--or excited. Are you ready to begin, +Ratio?" + +"All ready! Play." + + "Oh, it's fine to be the teacher of a kind and gentle creature + Who can play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way, + And I'll never, never grieve him, and I'll never, never leave him, + Till I hear the rooster crowing for the break--of--day." + +"That was very nice, Bo, very nice indeed!" exclaimed Horatio, as they +finished. "Now, I am going to tell you a secret." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +"I have a plan. It is to start a colony for the education and +improvement of wild bears. But first I am going to travel and see the +world. I have lived mostly with men and know a good deal of their +taste--tastes, I mean--and have already travelled in some of the States. +After my friend, the Italian, was gone, I tried to carry out his plans +and conduct our business alone. But I could only play the first part of +that tune, and the people wouldn't stand it. They drove me away with +guns and clubs. So I came back to the woods to practice and learn the +rest of that music. My gymnastics are better--watch me." + +Horatio handed Bo his fiddle and began a most wonderful performance. He +stood on his head, walked on his hands, danced on two feet, three feet, +and all fours. Then he began and turned somersaults innumerable. Bo was +delighted. + +"It wasn't because you couldn't play and perform well enough!" he cried, +excitedly. "It was because you went alone, and they thought you were a +crazy, wild bear. If I could go along with you we could travel together +over the whole world and make a fortune. Then we could buy a big swamp +and start your colony. What do you say, Ratio? I am a charity boy, and +have no home anyway! We can make a fortune and see the world!" + +At first Ratio did not say anything. Then he seized Bo in his arms and +hugged him till the boy thought his time had come. The Bear put him down +and held him off at arm's length, joyously. + +"Say!" he shouted. "Why, I say that you are a boy after my own heart! +We'll start at once! I'll take you to a place to-night where there are +lots of blackberries and honey, and to-morrow we will set forth on our +travels. Here's my hand as a guarantee of safety as long as you keep +your agreement. You mean to do so, don't you?" + +"Oh, yes," said Bo. + +"And now for camp. We can play and sing as we go." + +As the little boy took Horatio's big paw he ceased to be even the least +bit afraid. He had at last found a strong friend, and was going forth +into the big world. He had never been so happy in his life before. + +"All right, Ratio!" he shouted. "One, two, three, play!" + +And Ratio gave the bow a long, joyous scrape across the strings, and +thus they began their life together--Bosephus whistling and the Bear +playing and singing with all his might the fascinating strains of "The +Arkansaw Traveller":-- + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo, + Went out into the woods when the moon was low, + And he hadn't had his supper and his way he didn't know, + So he didn't have a bite to eat nor any place to go. + Then he heard the ridy-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle, + And his knees began to tremble as he saw him standing there; + Now they'll never, never sever, and they'll travel on forever-- + Bosephus, and the fiddle, and the Old--Black--Bear." + + + + +CHAPTER II + +THE FIRST PERFORMANCE + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, 'twas down in the woods of the Arkansaw + I met an Old Bear with a very nimble paw; + +[Illustration: Music] + + He could dance and he could fiddle at the only tune he knew, + And he fiddled and he fiddled, but he never played it through." + + +BO was awake first, and Horatio still lay sound asleep. As the boy +paused the Bear opened one eye sleepily and reached lazily toward his +fiddle, but dropped asleep again before his paw touched it. They had +found a very cosy place in a big heap of dry leaves under some spreading +branches, and Horatio, though fond of music, was still more fond of his +morning nap. Bosephus looked at him a moment and began singing again, in +the same strain:-- + + "Then there came a little boy who could whistle all the tune, + And he whistled and he sang it by the rising of the moon; + And he whistled and he whistled, and he sang it o'er and o'er, + Till Horatio learned the music he had never learned before." + +The Bear opened the other eye, and once more reached for his fiddle. +This time he got hold of it, but before his other paw touched the bow he +was asleep again. Bo waited a moment. Then he suddenly began singing to +the other part of the tune:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Yes, he learned it all so neatly and he played it all so sweetly + That he fell in love completely with the boy without a home; + +[Illustration: Music] + + And he said, 'No matter whether it is dark or sunny weather + We will travel on together till the cows--come--home.'" + +Before Bosephus finished the first two lines of this strain Horatio was +sitting up straight and fiddling for dear life. + +"Once more, Bo, once more!" he shouted as they finished. + +They repeated the music, and Horatio turned two handsprings without +stopping. + +"Now," he said, "we will go forth and conquer the world." + +"I could conquer some breakfast first," said Bo. + +"Do you like roasting ears?" + +"Oh, yes," said Bo. + +"Well, I have an interest in a little patch near here--that is, I take +an interest, I should say, and you can take part of mine or one of your +own if you prefer. It really doesn't make any difference which you do +just so you take it before the man that planted it is up." + +"Why," exclaimed the boy as they came out into a little clearing, "that +is old Zack Todd's field!" + +"It is, is it? Well, how did old Zack Todd get it, I'd like to know." + +"Why--why I don't know," answered Bo, puzzled. + +[Illustration: "ONCE MORE, BO, ONCE MORE"] + +"Of course not," said the Bear. "And now, Bosephus, let me tell you +something. The bears owned that field long before old Zack Todd was ever +thought of. We're just renting it to him on shares. This is rent day. We +don't need to wake Zack up. You get over the fence and hand me a few +of the best ears you can get quick and handy, and you might bring one of +those watermelons I see in the corn there, and we'll find a quiet place +that I know of and eat it." + +Bo hopped lightly over the rail fence, and, gathering an armful of green +corn, handed it to Horatio. Then he turned to select a melon. + +"Has Zack Todd got a gun, Bosephus?" asked the Bear. + +"Yes, sir-ee. The best gun in Arkansaw, and he's a dead shot with it." + +"Oh, he is. Well, maybe you better not be quite so slow picking out that +melon. Just take the first big one you see and come on." + +"Why, Zack wouldn't care for us collecting rent, would he?" + +"Well, I don't know. You see, some folks are peculiar that way. Zack +might forget it was rent day, and a man with a bad memory and a good gun +can't be trusted. Especially when he's a dead shot. There, that one will +do. Never mind about his receipt--we'll mail it to him." + +Bo scrambled back over the fence with the melon and hastened as fast as +he could after Horatio, who was already moving across the clearing with +his violin under one arm and the green ears under the other. + +"Wait, Ratio," called the little boy. "This melon is heavy." + +"Is that a long range gun, Bo?" called back the Bear. + +"Carries a mile and a half." + +"Can't you move up a little faster, Bo? I'm afraid, after all, that +melon is bigger than we needed." + +The boy was fat and he panted after his huge companion. + +Suddenly there was a sharp report, and Bosephus saw a little tuft of fur +fly from one of his companion's ears. Horatio dodged frantically and +dropped part of his corn. + +[Illustration: CONQUERING THE WORLD.] + +"Run zigzag, Bo!" he called, "and don't drop the melon. Run zigzag. He +can't hit you so well then," and Horatio himself began such a +performance of running first one way and then the other that Bo was +almost obliged to laugh in spite of their peril. + +"Is this what you call conquering the world, Ratio?" Then, as he +followed the Bear's example, he caught a backward glimpse out of the +corner of his eye. + +"Oh, Ratio," he called, "the whole family is after us. Zack Todd, and +old Mis' Todd, and Jim, and the girls." + +"How many times does that gun shoot?" + +"Only once without loading." + +"Muzzle loader?" + +"Yep," panted Bo. "Old style." + +"Good! Hold on to that melon. We'll get to the woods yet." + +But Horatio was mistaken, for just as they dashed into the edge of the +timber, with the pursuers getting closer every moment, right in front of +them was a high barbed-wire fence which the Todd family had built around +the clearing but a few days before. The Bear dropped his corn, and the +boy carefully, but with some haste, put down the melon. Then they +turned. The Todd family was just entering the woods--old Zack and the +gun in front. He had loaded it and was putting on the cap as he ran. + +"What shall we do, Bo, what shall we do now?" groaned Horatio. + +The situation was indeed desperate. Their pursuers were upon them, and +in a moment more the deadly gun would be levelled. Suddenly a bright +thought occurred to Bo. + +"I know," he shouted; "dance! Horatio! dance!" + +[Illustration: "DANCE! HORATIO, DANCE!"] + +Horatio still had his fiddle under his arm. He threw it into position +and ran the bow over the strings. In a second more he was playing and +dancing, and Bo was singing as though it were a matter of life and +death, which indeed it was:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there was a fine man and a mighty fine gun + And a Bear that played the fiddle and a boy that couldn't run, + +[Illustration: Music] + + + And the boy was named Bosephus and Horatio the Bear, + And they couldn't find a bite to eat for breakfast anywhere." + +The Todd family stood still at this unexpected performance and stared at +the two musicians. Old man Todd leaned his gun against a tree. + + "Now they couldn't buy their breakfast for their money all was spent, + So they dropped into a cornfield to collect a little rent; + But they only took a melon and an ear of corn or so, + And were going off to eat them where the butter blossoms grow." + +The Todd family were falling into the swing of the music. Old Mis' Todd +and the girls were swaying back and forth and the men were beating time +with their feet. Suddenly Bosephus changed to the second part of the +tune. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "But the old man got up early with a temper rather surly, + And he chased them with his rifle and to catch them he was bound; + +[Illustration: Music] + + Till he heard the ridy-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle, + Then he shouted, 'Hallelujah, girls, and all--hands--'round!'" + +The first line of this had started the Todd family. Old Zack swung old +Mis' Todd, and Jim swung the girls. Then all joined hands and circled +to the left. They circled around Bosephus and Horatio, who kept on with +the music, faster and faster. Then there was a grand right and left and +balance all--every one for himself--until they were breathless and could +dance no more. Horatio stopped fiddling and when old man Todd could +catch his breath he said to Bo:-- + +"Look a-here; that Bear of yours is a whole show by himself, and you're +another. Anybody that can play and sing like that can have anything I've +got. There's my house and there's my cornfield; help yourselves." + +Bo thanked him and said that the corn and the melon already selected +would do for the time. To oblige them, however, he would take up a +modest collection. He passed his hat and received a silver twenty-five +cent piece, a spool of thread with a needle in it, a one-bladed +jack-knife and two candy hearts with mottoes on them--these last being +from the girls, who blushed and giggled as they contributed. Then he +said good-by, and the Todd family showed them a gate that led into the +thick woods. As the friends passed out of sight and hearing Bosephus +paused and waved his handkerchief to the girls. A little later Horatio +turned to him and said, impressively:-- + +"That is what I call conquering the world, Bosephus. We began a little +sooner and more abruptly than I had expected, but it was not badly done, +and, all things considered, you did your part very well, Bosephus; very +well indeed." + + + + +CHAPTER III + +HORATIO AND THE DOGS + + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Blossom on the bough and bird on the limb-- + Old Black Bear sits a-grinning at him; + +[Illustration: Music] + + Sawing on his fiddle and a-grinning at the jay-- + Grinning as he saws the only tune that he can play." + + +HORATIO leaned back against the tree and played lazily. Bosephus lay +stretched full length on the leaves, following idly with any words that +happened to fit the strain. A blue jay just over their heads bobbed up +and down on a limber branch, waiting for them to go. The Bear took up +the song as the boy paused:-- + + "Boy on the bank and bird on the tree-- + Bird keeps a-bobbing and a-blinking at me; + Bobbing and a-blinking, and a-waiting for a bite-- + Hasn't had a thing to eat since late--last--night." + +"I say, Ratio," interrupted Bo. "Suppose we move on and give Mr. Jay +Bird a chance?" + +Horatio grunted and rose heavily. After their adventure with the Todd +family they had come to a pleasant spot in the woods by a clear stream +of water. Bo, who had some matches in his pocket, had kindled a fire and +roasted some of the corn, much to the disgust of Horatio, who disliked +fire and asked him why he didn't roast the watermelon, too, while he was +about it. Then they had eaten their breakfast together and taken a +brief rest before setting forth again on their travels. A jay bird was +waiting to peck the gnawed ears and melon rinds. He stared at the +strange pair as they strolled away through the trees, the Bear +continuing his favorite melody. + +"Ratio," said Bo, pausing suddenly, "what is that I hear scurrying +through the bushes every now and then?" + +"Friends of mine, likely." + +"Friends! What friends?" + +"Oh, everything, most. Wild cats, wolves, foxes and a few wild bears, +maybe." + +"Wildcats! Bears! Wolves!" + +"Why, yes. Often when I play in the moonlight they come out and dance +for me." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +"I have them all dancing together, sometimes. I'll have them dance for +you before long." + +"Oh, Ratio, will you?" + +"Yes. It's a lot of fun, but there's no money in it, and that's what +we're after now, Bo. We're going to buy that swamp, you remember, and +start that bear colony." + +Bosephus was about to reply when Horatio paused and listened. There was +the distant sound of dogs barking. + +"Hello!" said Bo. "We're coming to somewhere. Now we'll give our first +regular performance. Come on, Ratio!" + +Horatio hesitated. + +"How many dogs do you suppose there are, Bo?" he asked anxiously. + +"About a dozen, I should think, big and little." + +"Little dogs, Bo? Little snapping dogs?" + +"That's what it sounds like, and some hounds and a big dog or two. You +don't mind dogs, do you?" + +[Illustration: "HELLO!" SAID BO, "WE'RE COMING TO SOMEWHERE."] + +"Oh, no, not in the least--but it's most too soon after breakfast to +give a performance, and besides, all that noise would spoil the music." + +But the little boy, who still had in his pocket the two candy hearts +that had been given to him by the Todd girls, walked ahead proudly. + +"You trust to me!" he said, flourishing a large stick. "I'll stop their +noise pretty quick. I'm not afraid of dogs!" + +The Bear followed some steps behind, looking ahead warily. + +"I'm not afraid, either, you know," he said, anxiously. "Only when there +are so many of them they get me mixed up on my notes and one of them +once had the ill manners to nip quite a piece out of my left hind leg." + +Presently they came into an open space and plump upon a little +crossroads village. A gang of dogs gambolled upon the common, chasing +stray geese and barking loudly. Horatio paused. + +"Come back, Bo," he whispered. "There's no money in that crowd." + +But Bosephus was already some distance ahead, stick in hand, and the +dogs had spied him. They ceased barking for a moment and two or three of +the larger ones ran away. Then the little dogs began yelping again and +came on in a swarm. Bo made at them with his stick, but they dodged past +him, and in a moment more were circling and snapping around Horatio, who +was waving his violin wildly with one paw and slapping like a man +killing mosquitoes with the other. + +"Quick, Bo!" he shouted. "Quick! Help! Murder!" + +The little boy wanted to laugh, but ran up instead and began striking +among the bevy of dogs that were torturing his friend. Some of them +howled and ran off a few paces. Then they came flocking back. Suddenly +Horatio thrust his violin into Bo's hand and ran swiftly toward a large +tree a few yards distant. The curs followed and jumped high into the air +after him as he scrambled up to the lower limbs. + +Bosephus hurried after them and struck at them so fiercely with his club +that they ran yelping away. A number of villagers, attracted by the +commotion, were now appearing from all quarters. + +"Here come the people, Ratio," said Bo, grinning. "Now we can perform." + +"All right, Bo," whispered the Bear, "but if you'll kindly hand me up +that fiddle I believe I'll perform right where I am." + +The boy passed up the violin and the Bear struck a few notes. By this +time the people had collected. There was a blacksmith with a leather +apron, and a painter with all colors of paint on his clothes. Behind +them there came a woman with dough on her hands and another carrying a +baby. Other men and women followed in the procession, and a dozen or so +children of all ages. They halted a little way from the tree and stood +staring. Horatio sat astride a big limb and commenced playing. Suddenly +the boy threw back his head and began to sing:-- + + "Oh, the dogs barked loud and the dogs barked low + And the boy stood still and the Bear climbed the tree, + At an Old Black Bear and a boy named Bo. + While the people came a-running to see what they could see." + +The children drew up close at the first line and held their breath to +listen. As the boy paused they shouted and screamed with laughter at the +sight of Horatio fiddling in the forks of the tree. The dogs sat in a +row and howled plaintively. + +"Sing some more," cried the woman with the baby; "it amuses my little +Joey." + +[Illustration: BOSEPHUS HURRIED AFTER THEM AND STRUCK AT THEM.] + + "Yes, the people came to see them and the dogs they ran away, + And the boy began to sing and the Bear began to play, + Till it tickled all the children and it made the baby crow, + And it set the people dancing till they jumped--Jim--Crow." + +"More! more!" shouted the people as they formed into cotillons and +reels. "Sing us some more!" + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, the ridy-diddle-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle, + And the singing of Bosephus they had never heard before; + +[Illustration: Music] + + And it set them all to spinning, and the music was so winning + That they wined them and they dined them until half past four!" + +"Wait! wait!" called the woman with the baby under her arm, "I'm all out +of breath." + +"No, no!" shouted the children and all the others. "Go on! Go on!" + +So once more and yet another time the unwearied musicians repeated their +performance, and then Bo politely passed his hat to the dancers. When he +had been to each one his hat was heavy with some money and many useful +articles. + +"Bring your Bear down out of the tree," said the blacksmith, "and we +will give you a feast on the common." + +Bo beckoned to Horatio to climb down, but the big fellow hesitated. + +The temptation of a feast, however, was too much for him. + +[Illustration: ONCE MORE AND YET ANOTHER TIME.] + +That night, when they had both danced again for the people and Horatio +had given them an acrobatic exhibition, they strolled away through the +evening loaded down with luxuries of all kinds. The villagers went with +them to the outskirts, and called good luck after them. As they passed +into the quiet shadows of the forest they once more heard the barking +of dogs in the distance behind them. + +"We have had a good day, Bosephus," said Horatio, with a long sigh of +satisfaction. "We are on the road to fortune. To be sure, there are +little thorns along the way--" + +"Dogs, for instance--and guns." + +"Trifles, Bosephus; trifles. Don't give them a second thought. Of course +you are only a little boy as yet, and will outgrow these fears." + +"And learn to climb trees." + +"I hope you don't think I climbed that tree out of fear, Bosephus. I +merely went up there to get a better view of my audience. One should +always rise above his audience. And now let us sing softly together as +we go. It will rest us after our day of conquest." + +And touching the strings lightly and singing softly together, the +friends sought leisurely their evening camp. Here and there a light +rustle in the bushes showed that the forest people were listening, and +the leaves of the forest whispered in time to their melody. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE DANCE OF THE FOREST PEOPLE + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh! the night was warm and the moon was bright, + And we pitched our camp in the pale moonlight; + +[Illustration: Music] + + In the pale moonlight and the green, green shade, + And we counted up together all the money we had made." + + +THE little boy jingled the coins in his hands, and sang reflectively to +the Bear's soft music. Their camp fire had died down to a few red +embers, and the big moon hanging in the tree-tops made all the world +white and black, with one bright splash in the brook below. They had +finished their supper, and Bosephus, with the needle and thread given to +him by old Mis' Todd, had patiently mended by the firelight a small rent +in his trouser leg. Horatio, watching him with a grin, had finally +remarked:-- + +"You see, Bo, if you wore clothes like mine you wouldn't have to do +that." + +"And if the dog that did that had got his teeth into your clothes, you'd +have wished they were like mine. Maybe that's why you didn't give him a +chance." + +"Let's count the money, Bo." + +So then they counted up their day's receipts. There was something more +than a dollar in all, and Horatio was much pleased. + +[Illustration: THEIR CAMP-FIRE HAD DIED DOWN.] + +"I tell you, Bo," he said excitedly, "we've made a fine start. By and by +we will earn two or three times that much every day, and be able to +start our bear colony before you know it." + +The little boy fondled the coins over and over. They were the first he +had ever earned. + +"Ratio," he said at last, "don't you suppose when we get a lot of +money--a big lot, I mean--we might give some to those people I used to +live with?" + +Horatio scowled. + +"I thought you said they didn't treat you well and you had to run away." + +"Yes, of course, Ratio; but then they were so poor and maybe they'd have +been better to me if I had been able to earn money for them. They did +take me out of the poor house, you know, and--" + +"And you tried to get back again and got lost and fell in with me. Now +you are sorry and want to go to them, do you?" and the Bear snorted so +fiercely that the little boy trembled. + +"Oh, no! Not for the world! I never was so happy in all my life, only I +just thought--" + +"Then don't think, Bo," interrupted Horatio, gently. "You are only a +little boy. I will do the thinking for this firm. Now for a song, Bo, to +soothe us." + +So then they played and sang softly together while the moon rose and the +fire died out, and the boy poured the money from hand to hand, lovingly. + +"Bosephus," said his companion, as they paused, "were those people you +lived with nice people? Nice fat people, I mean?" + +"Not very. Old Mr. Sugget might have been pretty fat if he'd had more to +eat, but Mis' Sugget wasn't made to get fat, I know. It wasn't her +build." + +"It was the old man that abused you, wasn't it?" + +"Well, mostly." + +"Knocked you about and half starved you?" + +"Sometimes, but then----" + +"Wait, please. I have an idea. When we get our bear colony started we'll +invite this Sugget party to visit us. We'll feed him--all he can eat. By +and by, when he gets fat--how long do you suppose it will take him to +get fat, Bo? Fat enough, I mean?" + +"Fat enough for what?" shivered Bo. + +Horatio drew the horsehair briskly across the strings and looked up at +the moon. + +"Fat enough to be entertaining," he grinned, and began singing:-- + + "Oh, there was an old man and his ways were mighty mean, + And he wasn't very fat and he wasn't very lean, + Till he went to pay a visit to a colony of bears, + Then you couldn't find a nicer man than he was, anywheres." + +While the Bear played the little boy had been watching a slim, moving +shadow that seemed to have drifted out from among the heavier shadows +into the half-lit open space in front of them. As the music ceased it +drifted back again. + +"Play some more, Ratio," he whispered. + +Again the Bear played and again the slim shadow appeared in the +moonlight and presently another and another. Some of them were slender +and graceful; some of them heavier and slower of movement. As the music +continued they swung into a half circle and drew closer. Now and then +the boy caught a glimpse of two shining sparks that kept time and +movement with each. He could hardly breathe in his excitement. + +"Look there, Ratio," he whispered. + +Horatio did not stir. + +"Sh-h!" he said softly. "My friends--the forest people." + +The Bear slackened the music a little as he spoke and the shadows +wavered and drew away. Then he livened the strain and they trooped +forward again eagerly. + +Just then the moon swung clear of the thick trees and the dancers were +in its full flood. The boy watched them with trembling eagerness. + +A tall, catlike creature, erect and graceful, swayed like a phantom in +and out among the others, and seemed to lead. As it came directly in +front of the musicians it turned full front toward them. It was an +immense gray panther. + +At any other time Bo would have screamed. Now he was only fascinated. +Its step was perfect and its long tail waved behind it, like a silver +plume, which the others followed. Two red foxes kept pace with it. Two +gray ones, a little to one side, imitated their movements. In the +background a family of three bears danced so awkwardly that Bo was +inclined to laugh. + +"We will teach them to do better than that when we get our colony," he +said. + +Horatio nodded without pausing. The dancers separated, each group to +itself, the gray panther in the foreground. Spellbound, the boy watched +the beautiful swaying creature. He had been taught to fear the +"painter," as it was called in Arkansaw, but he had no fear now. He +almost felt that he must himself step out into that enchanted circle and +join in the weird dance. + +New arrivals stole constantly out of the darkness to mingle in the +merrymaking. A little way apart a group of rabbits skipped wildly +together, while near them a party of capering wolves had forgotten their +taste for blood. Two plump 'coons and a heavy bodied 'possum, after +trying in vain to keep up with the others, were content to sit side by +side and look on. Other friends, some of whom the boy did not know, +slipped out into the magic circle, and, after watching the others for a +moment, leaped madly into the revel. The instinct of the old days had +claimed them when the wild beasts of the forest and the wood nymphs trod +measures to the pipes of Pan. The boy leaned close to the player. + +"The rest of it!" he whispered. "Play the rest of it!" + +"I am afraid. They have never heard it before." + +"Play it! Play it!" commanded Bo, excitedly. + +There was a short, sharp pause at the end of the next bar, then a sudden +wild dash into the second half of the tune. The prancing animals stopped +as if by magic. For an instant they stood motionless, staring with eyes +like coals. Then came a great rush forward, the gray panther at the +head. The boy saw them coming, but could not move. + +"Sing!" shouted Horatio; "sing!" + +For a second the words refused to come. Then they flooded forth in the +moonlight. Bo could sing, and he had never sung as he did now. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, our singing, yes our singing, all our friends to us 'tis bringing, + For it sets the woods to ringing, and the forest people know + +[Illustration: Music] + + That we do not mean to harm them in their dancing, nor alarm them-- + We are seeking but to charm them with the sounds of long ago." + +[Illustration: THE INSTINCT OF THE OLD DAYS HAD CLAIMED THEM.] + +At the first notes of the boy's clear voice the animals hesitated; then +they crept up slowly and gathered about to listen. They did not resume +dancing to this new strain. Perhaps they wanted to learn it first. Bo +sang on and on. The listening audience never moved. Then Horatio +played very softly, and the singer lowered his voice until it became +like a far off echo. When Bo sang like this he often closed his eyes. He +did so now. + +The music sank lower and lower, until it died away in a whisper. The boy +ceased singing and opening his eyes gazed about him. Here and there he +imagined he heard a slight rustle in the leaves, but the gray panther +was gone. The frisking rabbits and the capering wolves had vanished. The +red and gray foxes, the awkward bears and the rest of that frolicking +throng had melted back into the shadows. So far as he could peer into +the dim forest he was alone with his faithful friend. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +GOOD-BYE TO ARKANSAW + + "Oh, the wind blows cold and the wind blows raw, + When the night comes on in the Arkansaw-- + Yes, the wind blows cold and the snow will fall. + And Bosephus and Horatio must travel through it all." + + +THE little boy's voice quavered as he sang, and his teeth chattered. It +had been more than two months since he started on his travels with +Horatio, and the October nights, even in southern Arkansaw, were +beginning to be chilly. The night before he had in some way got +separated from his friend's warm furry coat and woke shivering. He +kindled a fire now, singing as he worked, while Horatio touched the +chords of his violin pensively. He did not feel the cold. Nature was +providing him with his winter furs. + +"Bo," he said presently, "you'll have to have some heavier clothes. +Either that or we'll have to go farther South. As for me, you know, I +could go to sleep in a hollow tree and not mind the winter, but you +couldn't do it, and I don't intend to, either, this year; we're making +too much money for that." + +Bo laughed in spite of the cold and jingled his pockets. They were more +than half full of coin, and he had a good roll of bills in his jacket +besides. + +"No," he said; "we are getting along too well. We'll be rich by spring +if we keep right on. I'm thinking, though, that we'll never be able to +get South fast enough if we walk." + +"Look here, Bo; you're not thinking about putting me on that cyclone +thing they call a train, are you?" + +"Well, not exactly, but yesterday where we performed I heard a fellow +say that there was a river right close here, and steamboats. You +wouldn't mind a steamboat, would you, Ratio?" + +"Of course not. I don't mind anything. I've always wanted to ride on one +of those trains, only I knew the people would be frightened at me, and +as for a steamboat, why, if I should meet a steamboat coming down the +road--" + +"But steamboats don't come down the roads, Ratio; they go on the water." + +"Water! Water that you drink, and drown things in?" + +"Of course! And if the boat goes down we'll be drowned, too." + +Horatio struck a few notes on the violin before replying. + +"Bo," he said presently, "you're a friend of mine, aren't you? A true +friend?" + +"Yes, Ratio, you know I am." + +"Well, then, don't you go on one of those boats. It would grieve me +terribly if anything should happen to you. I might not be able to save +you, Bo, and then think how lonely I should be." And Horatio put one paw +to his eyes and sobbed. + +"Oh, pshaw, Ratio! Why, I can swim like everything. I'm not afraid." + +"But you couldn't save us both, Bo--I mean, we both couldn't save the +fiddle--it would get wet. Think--think of the fiddle, Bo!" + +The fire was burning brightly by this time and the little boy was +getting warm. He laughed and rubbed his hands and began to sing:-- + + "Oh, we're going down the river on a great big boat, + And Horatio's so excited he can hardly play a note, + For he never liked the water and he never learned to swim, + And he thinks if he goes sailing now his chances will be slim." + +Horatio stopped short and snorted angrily. + +"I want you to understand," he said, sharply, "that I'm not afraid of +anything. You'll please remember that night when the forest people +danced and you thought your time had come, how I saved you by making you +sing. There's nothing I fear. Why if--" + +But what Horatio was about to say will never be known, for at that +moment there came such a frightful noise as neither of them had ever +heard before. It came from everywhere at once, and seemed to fill all +the sky and set the earth to trembling. It was followed by two or three +fierce snorts and a dazzling gleam of light through the trees. The +little boy was startled, and as for the Bear, he gave one wild look and +fled. In his fright he did not notice a small shrub, and, tripping over +it, he fell headlong into a clump of briars, where he lay, groaning +dismally that he was killed and that the world was coming to an end. + +Suddenly Bosephus gave a shout of laughter. + +"Get up, Ratio," he called, "it's our steamboat! We're right near the +river and didn't know it. They're landing, too, and we can go right +aboard." + +The groaning ceased and there was a labored movement among the briars. + +Presently Horatio crept out, very much crestfallen, and picked up the +violin, which in his haste he had dropped. + +"Bo," he said, sheepishly, "I never told you about it before, but I am +subject to fits. I had one just then. They come on suddenly that way. +All my family have them and act strangely at times. I'm sure you don't +think for a moment that I was frightened just now." + +[Illustration: HE FELL HEADLONG.] + +"Oh, no, of course not. You merely picked out that briar patch as a good +place to have a fit in. Do you always think the world's coming to an +end when you are taken that way?" + +"We'll go right aboard, Bo; you are a little timid, no doubt, so I'll +lead the way." And Horatio stepped out briskly toward the lights and +voices and the landing steamer. + +A few steps brought them out to the river bank and a full view of the +boat that had crept silently around a bend to the woodyard, where it was +halting to take on fuel. The gang plank had not been pushed out to the +bank as yet, but a white ray of light shot from a small window to the +dark shore and looked exactly like a narrow board. The boy and the Bear +were both deceived by it, and Horatio in his eagerness to show his +bravery did not pause to investigate. + +"Take the fiddle, Bo," he said, loftily, "and I'll show you how to get +on a boat. You should always be brave, Bosephus." + +Bosephus took the instrument and Horatio, with arms extended as a +balance, stepped straight out into nothing and vanished. There was a +sudden splash, a growl, a scrambling sound in the shallow water and +Horatio's head appeared above the bank. Bosephus, at first frightened, +was now doubled with laughter. + +"Oh, Ratio," he gasped, "how funny of you to try to walk on a moonbeam!" + +Horatio shook himself and sniffed angrily. A wide gang plank was now +being lowered from the boat, and as it touched the bank the boy stepped +quickly aboard, followed by the wet, shambling Bear. + + "Oh, there was an Old Bear on a dark, dark night, + Who tried to walk on a beam of light," + +sang Bo, as he crossed the plank, + + "But the beam wouldn't hold and the Bear broke through, + And now Horatio follows, as Horatio ought to do." + +"Hello!" called a voice. "Where did you come from?" + +Bo looked up and saw a brawny man with a group of wondering negroes +behind him. + +"We are travelling," said Bo, "and we want to go down the river. We can +pay our way and will make music for you, too." + +"Good boy," said the mate. "Go right up and report to the clerk, then +come back down here, and after we get this wood loaded we'll give you +some supper and you can give us a show." + +On the upper deck the few passengers gathered around and made much of +the arrivals. All asked questions at once, and Bo answered as best he +could. Horatio kept silent--he never talked except when he was alone +with Bo. The boy kept his hand on the Bear's head, and when the boat +backed away and puffed down stream he felt his big friend tremble, but a +little later, when they had had a good supper, Ratio's fear passed off, +and on the lower deck, where all hands collected, the friends gave an +entertainment that not only won for them free passage down the river, +but a good collection besides. It was far in the night when the +performance ended. The officers, passengers and crew kept calling for +more, and the travellers were anxious to accommodate them. The negroes +went wild over the music, and patted and danced crazily whenever Horatio +played. Finally Bo sang a good night song:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Now, we've had a lot of music, and we've had some supper, too, + And we're sailing down the river in a little steam canoe, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And we love to be obliging with our music, but it seems + That we ought to go a-sailing to the land of pleasant dreams. + +[Illustration: THE NEGROES WENT WILD OVER THE MUSIC.] + +[Illustration: THE LITTLE BOY WAS IN THE LAND OF DREAMS.] + +[Illustration: Music] + + And I must not fail to mention we enjoy your kind attention, + And the favors you have shown to us have filled us with delight, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And to-morrow we will play for you and sing our songs so gay for you, + But now you will excuse us if we say--good--night." + +Bosephus and Horatio were both offered staterooms on the upper deck, but +Horatio preferred to sleep outside, and the little boy said he would +sleep there also. Horatio sat up for some moments after Bo had stretched +himself to rest, looking at the dark wooded banks and the starlight on +the water behind them. + +"Bo," he said, at last, "we are going to see the world now, sure +enough." + +"Yes, Ratio," was the sleepy answer. + +"Bo, do you suppose our camp fire is still burning back yonder?" + +No answer. + +"I hate to leave old Arkansaw, don't you, Bo?" + +But the little boy was in the land of dreams. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +AN EXCITING RACE + + "Sailing down the river so early in the morn, + Sailing down the river so early in the morn, + Sailing down the river so early in the morn, + Never was so happy since the day that I was born." + + +THE boat on which Horatio and Bosephus had taken their passage made no +landings during the night, and the little boy and the big Bear slept +soundly on the deck together. Rather too soundly, as will be seen later. +At daybreak the next morning Bosephus was wide awake, singing softly and +watching through the mist the queer forms of the cypress trees, with the +long Spanish moss swinging from the limbs. Horatio, hearing the singing, +rubbed his eyes and sat up. He had never been so far South before, so +the scenery was new to both of them, and when they came to open spaces +and saw that the shores were only a few inches higher than the river and +that fields of waving green came right to the water's edge they were +both pleased and surprised at this new world. The climate had changed, +too, and the air was warm and spring-like. + +"I tell you, Bo," said Horatio grandly, "there's nothing like travel. +You're a lucky boy, Bo, to fall in with me. Why, the way you've come out +in the last few months is wonderful. Of course, there is a good deal of +room yet for improvement, and there are still some things that you are +rather timid of, but when I remember how you looked the first minute I +saw you, and then to see the sociable way you sit up and talk to me now, +you really don't seem like the same boy, Bosephus, you really don't." + +The little boy leaned up close to his companion. + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo," + +he sang softly, remembering their first meeting. + + "Went out into the woods when the moon was low," + +added the Bear, strumming lightly the strings of the violin. + + "And he met an Old Bear that was hungry for a snack, + And the folks are still awaiting for Bosephus to come back." + +they continued together in a half whisper. + +"Ratio," said the little boy, confidentially, "did you really intend +to--to have me--you know, Ratio--for--for supper until I taught you the +tune? Did you, Ratio?" + +Horatio gazed away across a broad cane field, where the first streak of +sunrise was beginning to show. + + "For the boy became the teacher of the kind and gentle creature + Who could play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way," + +he sang dreamily, and then both together once more:-- + + "Now he'll never, never leave him, and he'll never, never grieve him, + And we're singing here together at the break--of--day." + +"This is very pleasant travelling," commented Horatio thoughtfully. "It +beats walking, at least for speed and comfort. Of course, there are a +number of places we cannot reach by boat," he added, regretfully. + +"Not in Southern Louisiana, Ratio. I've heard that there's a regular +tangle of rivers and bayous all over the country, and that boats go +everywhere." + +Horatio looked pleased. + +"Aren't you glad now, Bo," he said proudly, "that I proposed this boat +business? I have always wanted to travel this way. I was afraid at first +that you might not take to it very well, and when that whistle blew +last night I could see that you were frightened. It was unfortunate that +I should have had a fit just then or I might have calmed you. You saw +how anxious I was to go aboard. Of course, in being over brave I made a +slight mistake. I am always that way. All my family are. One really +ought to be less reckless about some things, but somehow none of my +family ever knew what fear was. We----" + +But just then the boat concluded to land, and the morning stillness was +torn into shreds by its frightful whistle. Horatio threw up both hands +and fell backward on the deck, where he lay pawing the air wildly. Then +he stuffed his paws into his ears and howled as he kicked with his hind +feet. Bo stood over him and shouted that there was no danger, but his +voice made no sound in that awful thunder. All at once Horatio sprang up +and jammed his head under Bo's arm, trembling like a jellyfish. Then the +noise stopped, and with one or two more hoarse shouts ceased entirely. + +"It's all right, Ratio, come out!" said Bo, trying to stop laughing. + +Horatio felt of his ears a moment to see that they were still there, +while he looked skittishly in the direction of the dreadful whistle and +started violently at the quick snorts of the escaping steam. + +"Bo," he said faintly, "do all boats do that?" + +"Oh, yes! Some worse than others. This one isn't very bad." + +"I'm sorry, Bo, for it is a great drawback to travel where one is +subject to fits as I am. It seems to bring them on. And it is not kind +of you to laugh at my affliction, either, Bosephus," he added, for Bo +had dropped down on the deck, where he was rolling and holding his +sides. + +[Illustration: HE STUFFED HIS PAWS INTO HIS EARS.] + +All at once the boy lay perfectly still. Then he sprang up with every +bit of laugh gone out of his face. His left hand grasped the outside of +his jacket, while with his right hand he dived down into the inside +pocket like mad. The Bear watched him anxiously. + +"What is it, Bo? Have you got one, too?" he asked. + +"Horatio!" gasped the boy. "Our money! It's gone!" + +"Gone! Gone! Where?" + +"Stolen. Some of those niggers did it while we were asleep!" + +The Bear reflected a moment. Then he said thoughtfully:-- + +"Do you suppose, Bo, it was that nice fat one?" + +"I shouldn't wonder a bit. I saw him watch every penny I took in last +night." + +Horatio licked out his tongue eagerly. + +"Could I have him if it was?" he asked hungrily. + +"Have him! How?" said Bo. Then he shuddered. "Oh! no, not that way--of +course not. But I'll tell you, Ratio," he added, "we'll make him believe +that you can, and frighten him into giving up the money." + +Horatio frowned. + +"I don't like make-believes," he grumbled. "Can't we let the money go +this time and not have any make-believe?" + +"Not much--we want that money right now, before the boat lands; then +we'll go ashore and get out of such a crowd. Come, Ratio." + +No one was stirring on the upper deck as yet, but the crew was collected +below where the second mate was shouting orders as the boat swung slowly +into the bank. They boy and Bear dashed down the stairs. + +[Illustration: "OUR MONEY! IT IS GONE!"] + +"Wait!" shouted Bo to the officer. "Somebody on this boat last night +stole our money, and I want my Bear to find him. It won't take but a +minute, for he can tell a thief at sight when he's mad and hungry, and +he's mad now, and hungry for dark meat!" The boy looked straight into +the crowd of negroes, while the Bear growled fiercely and fixed his eye +on the fat darky. + +The crew fell back and the fat darky with a howl started to run. + +"That's the one! That's the thief!" shouted Bo, and with a snarl Horatio +bounded away in pursuit. Down the narrow gangway to the stern of the +boat, then in a circle around a lot of cotton, they ran like mad, the +Bear getting closer to the negro every minute. Then back again to the +bow in a straight stretch, the thief blue with fright and Horatio's eyes +shining with hungry anticipation. The rest of the crew looked on and +cheered. Suddenly, as the fat darky passed Bo, he jerked a sack from his +pocket and flung it behind him. + +"Dar's yo' money! Dar's yo' money!" he shouted. "Call off yo' B'ar!" + +But that was not so easy. Bosephus shouted frantically at Horatio, but +he did not seem to hear. His blood was up, and his taste for dark meat +was stronger than his love of money. As the two came clattering around +the second time he was so close to his prey that with a quick swipe he +got quite a piece of his shirt. With a wild yell the fat fugitive leaped +over into the river and struck out for shore. + +Horatio paused. His half open jaws were dripping and his eyes red and +fiery with disappointment. Bo went up to him gently. + +"Come, Ratio," he whispered. + +The Bear paid no heed. He was watching his escaped prey, who had reached +the shore and was disappearing in a great canefield. + +[Illustration: THE FAT FUGITIVE LEAPED OVER INTO THE RIVER.] + +"Come!" Bo whispered again. "We'll go ashore, too." + +Horatio wheeled eagerly. The gangplank was being lowered, and he hurried +Bo out on it, so that when it touched the bank he was all ready to give +chase again. + +"No, wait; some music first," said Bo. "I have thought of some new lines +for the second part of the tune." + +For a moment Horatio hesitated. Then the temptation of the music was +stronger even than his appetite, and, throwing his violin into position, +he began to play. The passengers, roused by the excitement, had gathered +on the upper deck. The crew coming ashore below paused to listen. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh! there was a fat darky with an appetite for wealth, + And the only way to get it was to capture it by stealth, + +[Illustration: Music] + + But when it came to keep it, his chances were so small, + He concluded that he really didn't care for it at all. + +[Illustration: Music] + + For we placed him and we faced him, and my bear Horatio chased him-- + In a manner most surprising he pursued him to and fro-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + And we hope we do not grieve you, but we feel that we must leave you, + For the Southern sun is rising, and we're bound--to--go." + +The crew cheered and the passengers on the upper deck shouted and waved +their handkerchiefs. + +"Don't go!" they called. "Don't leave us!" But the friends turned their +faces to the East and set out on a broad white road that led away to the +sunrise. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +HORATIO'S MOONLIGHT ADVENTURE + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Rooster in de chicken coop crowin' foh day, + Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay!' + +[Illustration: Music] + + Ducks in de yard goin' 'Quack, quack, quack!' + Guineas in de tree tops goin' 'Rack-pot-rack!'" + + +DURING the two weeks since they had come to the land of sugar-cane +Horatio and Bosephus had learned some of the old negro songs of +Louisiana and sang them to their own music. They were doing so now as +they marched along the bank of a quiet bayou, where the blue grass came +to the water's edge and the long Spanish moss from big live oak trees +swung down twenty feet or more till it almost touched the water. They +had had a good day and were going to camp. + +"Bo," said the Bear presently, "we are doing well. We are making money, +Bo." + +"Fifty dollars since we left the boat," said the little boy. + +"These fat babies--little darky babies--are very amusing, too, Bosephus, +don't you think so?" Horatio added, nodding in the direction of some +they were just then passing. + +[Illustration: "THESE LITTLE DARKEY BABIES ARE VERY--AMUSING."] + +"I notice that you think so," said Bo, dryly. "If you'll take my advice, +though, you won't show any special fondness for them. People might not +understand your ways, you know, and besides," he added, with a grin, +"I've heard say these darkies down here are mighty fond of bear meat, +and there's such a lot of them----" + +"Don't you mention it, Bo; I never dreamed of such a thing as you are +hinting at." + +"Well, you said you were dreaming yesterday when we met that little +darky boy, and you nearly tore the jacket off of him before I could wake +you up with a club." + +Horatio drew his bow hastily across the strings and began singing-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Keemo, kimo, kilgo, kayro, + Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay!' + +[Illustration: Music] + + Rop strop, periwinkle, little yaller nigger, + Cum a rop strop bottle till the break of day." + +The sun was just setting behind a large, white, old fashioned sugar +house, where the bayou turned, and made it look like an ancient castle. +The little boy sighed. He had never believed that any country could be +so beautiful as this, and he wanted to stay in it forever. Horatio liked +it, too. They had played and danced at many of the sugar houses, and the +Bear had been given everywhere all the waste sugar he could eat. He was +fond of the green cane also, and was nearly always chewing a piece when +they were not busy with a performance. But the big fellow had never +quite overcome his old savage nature, and the race on the steamboat had +roused it more fiercely than ever. The fat pickaninnies were a constant +temptation to him, and it had taken all Bo's watchfulness to keep him +out of dreadful mischief. Bo never feared for himself. Horatio loved him +and had even become afraid of him. It was for Horatio that he feared, +for he knew that death would be sure and swift if one of the +pickaninnies was even so much as scratched, not to mention anything +worse that might happen. Again the little boy sighed as they turned into +a clean grassy place and made ready for camp. + +Long after Bosephus was asleep Horatio sat by the dying camp fire, +thinking. By and by he rose and walked out to the bank of the bayou and +looked toward the sugar house that lay white in the moonlight, half a +mile away. Then he went back to where Bo was asleep and picked up the +violin. Then he laid it down again, as though he had changed his mind, +and slipped away through the shadows in the direction of the old sugar +house. He said to himself that, as they were going in that direction and +would stop there next day, he might as well see how the road went and +what kind of a place it was. He did not own, even to himself, that it +was the negro cabins and fat pickaninnies that were in his mind, and +that down in his heart was a wicked and savage purpose. Every little way +he paused and seemed about to turn back, but he kept on. By and by he +drew near the sugar house and saw the double row of whitewashed huts in +the moonlight. It was later than he had supposed and the crowds of +little darkies that were usually playing outside had gone to bed. He +sighed and was about to turn back when suddenly he saw something +capering about near the shed of the sugar house. He slipped up nearer +and a fierce light came into his eyes. It was a little negro boy doing a +hoo-doo dance in the moonlight. + +[Illustration: HE SLIPPED AWAY THROUGH THE SHADOWS.] + +Suddenly the little fellow turned and saw the Bear glaring at him. +Horatio was between him and the cabins. The boy gave one wild shriek and +dashed through a small open door that led into the blackness of the +sugar house, the Bear following close behind. It was one of the old +Creole sugar houses where the syrup is poured out into open vessels to +cool and harden. The little darky knew his way and Horatio didn't. He +stumbled and fell, and growled and tried to follow the flying shadow +that was skipping and leaping and begging, "Oh, Mars Debbil! Oh, please, +Mars Debbil, lemme go dis time, an' I nevah do so no mo'. Nevah do no +mo' hoo-doo, Mars Debbil; oh, please, Mars Debbil, lemme go!" + +But Horatio was getting closer and closer and in another moment would +seize him. Then, suddenly, something happened. The Bear stumbled and, +half falling, stepped into one of the big shallow wooden vessels. He +felt his hind feet break through something like crusted ice and sink a +foot or more into a heavy, thick substance below. When he tried to lift +them they only sank deeper. Then he knew what was the matter. He had +stepped into a mass of hardening sugar and was a prisoner! His forefeet +were free, but he dared not struggle with them for fear of getting them +fast, too. The little darky, who thought the devil had stopped to rest, +was huddled together in a corner not daring to move. Horatio remembered +Bo sleeping safely in their camp and began to weep for his own +wickedness. In the morning men would come with axes and guns. Why had he +not heeded Bo? Half seated on the crusted sugar he gave himself up to +sorrow and despair. + + * * * * * + +It was early morning when Bo awoke. He was surprised to see that Horatio +was not beside him, for the boy was usually first awake. He called +loudly. Then, as the moments passed and the Bear did not come, he grew +uneasy. Suddenly a terrible suspicion flashed over him. He sprang to his +feet and seizing the violin that lay beside him set forth on a run in +the direction of the white sugar house. He knew Horatio would go there +because it was nearest, and he felt certain that something dreadful had +happened. The incident of the day before made him almost sure of +Horatio's errand, and he feared the worst. No doubt they had caught and +killed him by this time, and what would he do now without his faithful +friend? + +[Illustration: SUDDENLY THE LITTLE FELLOW TURNED.] + +He ran faster and faster. As he drew near the sugar house he heard a +great commotion. For a moment he stopped. If Horatio had done something +terrible and they had caught him perhaps it would be dangerous to +interfere. The next moment he rushed on. Horatio was his friend and he +would save his life if possible, unless----. He did not think any +further, but flew on. As he dashed into the cane yard he saw crowds +gathering and men running with axes and clubs. Others had guns and cane +knives, and all were crowding toward the big doors of the sugar house, +that were now thrown open. Inside he heard shouts, mingled with +Horatio's fierce growls. His friend was still alive. + +Without pausing he rushed through the doors and saw a circle of negro +men gathered about the big wooden trough where the Bear was a prisoner, +snapping and growling and trying to get free. The little pickaninny who, +in spite of his fright, had slept all night in the corner, was there, +too, and the men with axes and other weapons had entered with Bo. There +was not a second to be lost. + +"Wait!" screamed Bo; "wait!" And tearing through the astonished crowd he +thrust the violin into Horatio's hands. + +"Play!" he shouted. "Play for your worthless life!" + +Horatio did not need to be told again. He reached for the violin and +bow, and sitting in the now solid sugar struck the strings wildly. + + "Rooster in de chicken coop, crowin' foh day; + Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay;' + Ducks in de yard goin' 'Quack, quack, quack!' + Guineas in de tree tops, goin' 'Rack-pot-rack!'" + +Horatio fiddled furiously, while Bo shouted and sang and the crowd +joined in. They all knew this song, and as they sang they forgot all +else. Axes and guns and clubs were dropped as young and old fell into +the swing of the music. + + "Keemo, kimo, kilgo, kayro; + Fleero, fliro, flav-o-ray; + Rop strop, periwinkle, little yaller nigger, + Cum a rop strop bottle till de break--of--day!" + +You could hear the noise for a mile. They danced and shouted and sang, +and work was forgotten. After a long time, when they were tired out, Bo +took one of the axes and carefully broke the now solid sugar away from +Ratio's feet and set him free. Then they brought water and washed his +hind paws and he danced for them. + +After dinner, when the friends started out on their journey, the crowd +followed them for nearly a mile. When all were gone Horatio turned to Bo +and said:-- + +"I am glad you came just as you did, Bo." + +"I should rather think you would be," said Bo, grimly. + +"Because," continued Horatio, "if you hadn't I might have damaged some +of those fellows, and I know you wouldn't have liked that, Bosephus." He +looked at the little boy very humbly as he said this, expecting a severe +lecture. But the little boy made no reply, and down in his heart the big +Bear at that moment made a solemn and good resolve. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +SWEET AND SOUR + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, we're down in the land where the jasmine blows, + And the cypress waves and the orange grows, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And the song bird nests in the climbing rose-- + And all the girls are beautiful, and milk and honey flows." + + +HORATIO paused in his playing and looked at Bosephus, who was ready to +sing another stanza. + +"Look here, Bo," he said gravely, "that sounds very pretty and may be +very good poetry and true enough, but I wouldn't get to singing too much +about jasmine and song birds and climbing roses if I were you, and +especially girls. You are only a little boy, and besides, I can't see +that there is any difference in girls, except that some are plump and +some are not, and that isn't any difference to me, now," and the Bear +sighed and strummed on his violin gently. + +"Oh, pshaw, Ratio! There's lots of difference. Some girls are yellow and +sour as a lemon, while some are as pink and sweet and blooming as a +creole rose"---- + +"Bosephus," interrupted the Bear gravely, "you've got a touch of the +swamp fever. Let me see your tongue!" + +Bo stuck out his tongue. + +"My tongue's all right," he grinned. "That kind of fever's in the +heart." + +Horatio looked alarmed. + +"You must take something for it right away, Bo," he declared. "I can't +have you singing silly songs about jasmine and cypress and girls in milk +and honey. You know we haven't seen any honey since we left Arkansaw, +and I'd travel all the way back there on foot to rob one good honey +tree. I'm getting tired of so much of this stuff they call sugar and +cane and the like." + +"Why they have honey here, Ratio, too. I haven't seen any bee trees, but +I've seen plenty of bees. I suppose they are in hives--boxes that people +keep for them to live in." + +"Where do they have those boxes, Bo?" + +"Well, in their yards mostly; generally out by the back fence." + +"Could we rob them?" + +"Well, I shouldn't like to try it." + +The Bear walked along some distance in silence. The boy was also +thinking and singing softly to himself. He was very happy. Presently he +looked up and saw just ahead, in a field near the road, a tree loaded +with oranges. + +"Look, Ratio!" he said. "Don't you wish we had some of those?" + +The Bear looked up and began to lick out his tongue. + +"Climb over and get some, Bo," he said eagerly. + +"Not much. I haven't forgotten the roasting ears and the watermelon we +got from old man Todd in Arkansaw. We might go to the house and ask for +some. + +"Nonsense, Bosephus. Watch me!" + +He handed Bo the fiddle, and running lightly to the hedge cleared it at +a bound. + +"Fine!" shouted Bo. + +Horatio, without pausing, hurried over to the tree. + +"Funny they should leave those oranges so late," thought the little boy +as he watched him. + +Swinging himself to the first limb, the Bear shook off a lot of the fine +yellow fruit, and climbing down, gathered in his arms all he could +carry. As he did so there came a loud barking of dogs, and without +looking behind him he started to run. He dropped a few of the oranges, +but kept straight on, the two huge dogs that had appeared getting closer +and closer. As he reached the hedge he once more made a grand leap, but +the oranges prevented him doing so well as before. His foot caught in +the top branches and he rolled over and over in the dusty road, the +oranges flying in every direction. The dogs behind the hedge barked and +raged. + +Horatio rose, dusty and panting, but triumphant. + +"You see, Bo," he said, "what it is to be brave. You can fill your +pockets now with these delicious oranges." + +He picked up one as he spoke, and brushing off the dust, bit it in half +cheerfully. Then Bo, who was watching him, saw a strange thing take +place. The half orange flew out of the Bear's mouth as from a popgun, +and his face became so distorted that the boy thought his friend was +having a spasm. Suddenly he whirled, and making a rush at the fallen +oranges, began to kick them in every direction, coughing and spitting +every second. The two dogs looking over the hedge stopped barking to +enjoy the fun. One of the oranges rolled to Bo's feet. He picked it up +and smelled it. Then rubbing it on his coat he bit into it. It was not a +large bite, but it was enough. The tears rolled from his eyes and every +tooth in his head jumped. Such a mixture of stinging sour and bitter he +had never dreamed of. It grabbed him by the throat and shook him until +his bones cracked. The top of his head seemed coming loose, and his ears +fairly snapped. Then he realized what Horatio must be suffering, and +laughed in spite of himself. + +[Illustration: FLEW OUT OF HIS MOUTH AS FROM A POP GUN.] + +"They are mock oranges, Ratio," he shouted, "and they are mocking us for +stealing them!" + +Horatio had seated himself by the roadside and was snorting and clawing +at his tongue. + +"I must have some honey, Bo," he said, "to take away that dreadful +taste. You must find me some honey, Bo." + +"You see, Ratio," said the little boy, "it doesn't pay to take things." + +"Bosephus," said the Bear, "a man who will plant a tree like that so +near the road deceives wilfully and should be punished." + +They walked along slowly, the two dogs barking after them from behind +the hedge. + +Just beyond the next bend in the road a beautiful plantation came into +view. They turned into the cane yard and immediately the workhands +surrounded them. Horatio felt better by this time, and they began a +performance. First Bo sang and then Horatio gave a gymnastic exhibition. +Then at last Bo sang a closing verse as follows:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Now our little show is ended, and we hope you think it splendid, + And we trust we've not offended or displeased you anywhere, + +[Illustration: Music] + + You have paid us to be funny, and we thank you for the money, + But I'd like a little honey for the Old--Black--Bear. + +Horatio smiled when he heard this, and the planter who was listening +sent one of the servants to the house. He came out soon with a piece of +fresh honey on a plate. He offered it to Horatio, who handed Bo the +violin, and seizing the plate, swallowed the honey at one gulp. This +made the crowd shout and laugh, and then Bo shook hands with the planter +and said good-bye, and all the darkies came up and wanted to shake +hands, too. When he had shaken hands all around the little boy turned to +look for Horatio. He was nowhere in sight. The others had not noticed +him slip away. + +Bo was troubled. When Horatio disappeared like that it meant mischief. +He had promised reform as to pickaninnies, but Bo was never quite sure. +He was about to ask the people to run in every direction in search of +his comrade when there was a sudden commotion in the back door yard, and +a moment later a black figure dashed through the gate with something +under its arm. It was Horatio! The crowd of darkies took one look and +scattered. The thing under Horatio's arm was a square, box looking +affair, and out of it was streaming a black, living cloud. + +"Bees!" shouted the people as they fled. "Bees! Bees!" + +Bo understood instantly. The taste of honey had made Horatio greedy for +more. He had gone in search of it and returned with hive and all. There +was a clump of tall weeds just behind the little boy, and he dropped +down into them. They hid him from view, and none too soon, for the Bear +dashed past, snorting and striking at the swarm of stingers that not +only covered him, but fiercely attacked everything in sight. Howls began +to come from some of the hands that had failed to find shelter in time, +and Bo, peeping out between the weeds, saw half a dozen darkies +frantically trying to open the big door of the sugar house, which had +been hastily closed by those within, while the angry bees were pelting +furiously at the unfortunates. + +[Illustration: THE BEAR DASHED PAST, SNORTING.] + +As for Horatio, he was coated with bees that were trying to sting +through his thick fur. He did not mind them at first, but presently +they began to get near his eyes. With a snarl he dropped the hive and +began to paw and strike with both hands. Then they swarmed about him +worse than ever, and, half blinded, he began to run around and around +with no regard as to direction. Every darky in sight fled like the wind. +Some of them ran out of the gate and down the road, and without seeing +them, perhaps, the Bear suddenly leaped the fence and set out in the +same direction. Glancing back, they saw him coming and began to shriek +and scatter into the fields. + +Bo waited some minutes; then, noticing that the maddened insects were no +longer buzzing viciously over him, he crept out and followed. He still +held the violin and was glad enough to get away from the plantation. The +bees had followed the fugitive, and the boy kept far enough behind to be +out of danger. By and by he met bees coming back, but perhaps they were +tired or thought he belonged to another crowd, for they did not molest +him. A mile further on he found Horatio sitting in the road rocking and +groaning and throwing dust on himself. His eyes and nose were swollen in +great knots, and his ears were each puffed up like little balloons. The +bees had left him, but his sorrow was at its height. + +"Hello, Ratio! Having fun all alone?" asked Bo as he came up. + +"Oh, Bo, this has been an awful day!" was the wailing reply. "First +those terrible oranges and then these millions and millions of murderous +bees. And now I am blind, Bo, and dying. Tell me, Bo, how do I look?" + +"Oh, you look all right. Your nose looks like a big potato and your ears +like two little ones. I can't tell you how your eyes are, for they don't +show, but your whole skin looks as if it had been stuffed full of apples +and put on in a hurry." + +"Bo," said Horatio meekly, "did you bring the fiddle?" + +[Illustration: HE FOUND HORATIO SITTING IN THE ROAD, ROCKING AND +GROANING.] + +"Well, yes; I thought it might happen that we'd need it again." + +Horatio put out his paw for it. The boy gave it to him and he ran the +bow gently over the strings. + +"Sing, Bo," he pleaded. "Sing that song about jasmine and cypress and +climbing roses. It will soothe me. Sing about girls, too, if you want +to, but leave out the oranges, Bo, and put in something else besides +honey in the last line." + +"Ratio," said Bo, "you've got a touch of the swamp fever. Let me see +your tongue!" + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +IN JAIL AT LAST + + "Oh, the sky is blue and the sun is high, + And the days roll 'round, and the weeks go by----" + + +"BO," interrupted Horatio, softly; "what's that over there on the bank +that looks like a man all in a wad?" + +The little boy was singing along through the sweet Louisiana afternoon, +putting into his song whatever came into his head:-- + + "And I turn, and I look, and what do I see? + Someone's left his bundle by a live oak tree." + +"What do you suppose is in that bundle, Bo?" asked the Bear, anxiously. + +"Oh, I don't know. Old clothes, from the looks of it. The owner isn't +far off. + + "When a coat and vest and hat, and pair of trousers you espy, + You can bet your bottom dollar there's a man close by." + +Horatio looked in every direction. Then he walked over to the clothes. + +"Why," said Bo, following; "I guess somebody's taking a swim. Come on, +Ratio. Remember the honey and the oranges." + +But the Bear was curious. He picked up the hat and set it on his head. +Bo laughed lazily. Then Horatio laid down his violin and slipped one +arm into the waistcoat, trying vainly to reach with the other. Bo +good-naturedly helped him. The little boy felt in the humor for fun, and +Horatio looked too comical. + +"Better not put on the coat," said Bo. "It might not be big enough and +if you tore it the owner would make us pay for it." + +But Horatio was excited. + +"Hurry, Bo! Help me on with it. How do I look, Bo? I think I'll dress +this way all the time, hereafter. Is my hat becoming, Bo?" + + "Oh, there was an Old Bear in a hat and a coat," + +sang Bo, but he got no further, for suddenly close by there was a loud +yell, and without pausing to look behind Horatio made a wild dash in the +other direction, followed by the little boy. Glancing back as they ran, +Bo saw that they were pursued by a tall white man. He had paused only a +second to slip on his boots and trousers, and was coming after them full +speed. In one hand he carried a revolver, in the other Horatio's violin. + +"Shed 'em!" he shouted. "Shed them clothes or I'll shoot!" + +"Shed 'em!" echoed Bo. "Shed 'em, Horatio!" + +The bear slipped off the coat and flung it behind him. + +"Shed 'em!" shouted the man again, and the waistcoat followed. + +"I won't give up the hat, Bo!" panted Horatio. + +[Illustration: "HOW DO I LOOK, BO?"] + +But Horatio was mistaken, for at that instant the world beneath his feet +suddenly opened and he disappeared. Before the boy could check himself +he plunged after the Bear and was struggling in the deep waters of a +bayou that came to a level with the bank and was covered thickly and +concealed by fallen leaves. Rising to the surface he found Horatio +clinging to a fallen tree and the man, who had now overtaken them, +holding out a limb, which the little boy gladly seized. The hat had +been already rescued. + +"Well, you're a nice pair!" said their captor. "To run away with a man's +clothes and then go headlong into the bayou and get his hat all wet! I'm +glad you didn't have that fiddle, or you'd a-ruined it. I've bin wantin' +a good fiddle a long time, an' this here looks like a good one. Come out +o' that, now, an' we'll take a walk up toward the jail. I happen to be +constable of this here community." + +Bo groaned as he was dragged to shore. He did not mind the wetting, for +the weather was warm, but now they had lost the violin and would be +taken to jail. Of course they would lose all their money. Perhaps +Horatio would be killed. The Bear only blinked and shook himself when he +had been also towed to the bank and had scrambled out. + +"I hope you won't take us to jail, sir," said Bo. "My Bear was +mischievous, but he didn't mean any harm, and I have a little money I'll +give you if you'll return us the violin and let us go." + +"You come along with me!" answered the man, sternly. "It'll take more +money than you've got to pay your fine, an' as fer that chap, we don't +want no bears roamin' loose aroun' here. March on ahead there, an' don't +try none o' your tricks." + +The constable cocked his revolver, and boy and Bear hurriedly started in +the direction of the village that showed above the trees about a mile +further on. + +Bo was afraid to speak to their captor again, and as he never talked +with Horatio except when they were alone, they marched along +disconsolately and in silence. Now and then the man strummed on the +violin and chuckled to himself. + +[Illustration: "SHED THEM CLOTHES OR I'LL SHOOT!"] + +When they got to the village everybody came out to look at them. The man +called out his story as they went along, and the people laughed and +jeered. Heretofore the friends had entered Louisiana villages in +triumph. Now, for the first time, they came dishonored and disgraced. +Poor Horatio looked very downcast. He knew that he was to blame for it +all. + +When they got to the court room they found that the Justice of the Peace +was away fishing, so they were lodged in jail for the night. It was only +a little one room affair, with two small iron-barred windows, quite high +from the ground. Boys climbed up and looked through these windows and +threw stones and coal in at Horatio, who huddled in a corner. By and by +the officer came with a plate of supper for Bo. He drove the boys away +and left the friends together. There was no supper for the Bear, so the +little boy divided with him. + +"Bo," said Horatio, tearfully, "it was my fault. They'll let you go, +and, and--I hope they'll give you my skin, Bo." + +Then they went to sleep. + + * * * * * + +Early next morning there was a crowd around the jail. The Justice had +returned and the people wanted to see the fun. The friends were hustled +into court by the constable, the crowd stepping back to let Horatio +pass. The justice was rather a young man and had a good-natured face, +which made Bo more hopeful. But when they heard the constable make his +charge against them, both lost heart. They were accused of stealing and +damages and a lot of other things that they could not understand. The +Justice listened and then turned to the prisoners. + +"What have you to say for yourselves?" he asked, looking straight at Bo. +At first the little boy tried to speak and could not. The court room was +still--every one waiting to hear what he was about to say. All at once +an idea came to him. + +"Please, sir," he trembled, "if you will let my Bear have the violin we +will plead our case together." + +"What violin? What does the boy mean?" asked the Justice, turning to the +constable. + +"Oh, an ole fiddle they dropped when they took my clothes. I lef' it +down 't the house this morning." + +Bo's heart sank. It was their only chance. He was about to give up when +suddenly there came another gleam of hope, though very faint. Wheeling +quickly toward the sorrow stricken Bear he shouted:-- + +"Perform for them, Horatio! Perform!" + +The words acted on Horatio like a shock of electricity. He straightened +up with a snort that caused the crowd to fall back, knocking each other +over like dominos. Then he made a bound into the open space and stood on +his head. Then with a spring backward he landed on his feet, and waved a +bow to the Justice! Another bound and he was walking on his hands and +then, after another bow to the Court, he turned a series of somersaults +so rapidly that he looked like a great wheel! When he landed on his feet +this time, and bowed once more to the Court, the crowd broke out into a +mighty cheer of applause. + +"Order!" shouted the Justice. "Order!" + +It grew still, and the little boy looked at the Court anxiously. + +"Please, Your Honor," he said humbly, "that's our case." + +"Case!" roared the Justice. "Well, I should say that was a case of fits +and revolution." + +At this the crowd cheered again until they were rapped to order by the +Court. + +"I sentence you," he said solemnly, and looking sternly at Horatio, "to +sudden and disagreeable death!" + +He paused, and Horatio staggered against Bo, who was very pale. + +[Illustration: A CASE OF FITS AND REVOLUTION.] + +"To sudden death," continued the Court, "if I catch you running off +and falling in the water with any more of my officer's clothes. And I +now fine you, for the first offense, a performance on the common for the +whole town! Court is adjourned! Show begins at once! Constable, bring +that fiddle!" + +With a wild shout the people poured outside. Many scrambled over each +other to get near Bosephus and the wonderful Bear, and when the violin +was brought and the show had begun every soul in the village was +gathered on the common. + +That night, when all was over, the little boy and the Bear were the +guests of the Justice, who owned a fine plantation adjoining the +village. During the evening he had a long talk with Bo, and seemed +greatly impressed with the little boy's natural ability and shrewdness. +When they parted next morning he said:-- + +"Remember, if you ever feel like giving up travel, come back here and +I'll send you to school and college and make a man of you." + +"I'll remember," said Bo, as they shook hands. A crowd had gathered to +see the travellers off. The constable was among them, and as they +disappeared around a bend in the road he waved and shouted with the +rest. + +"Bosephus," said Horatio gravely, "I hope you don't think of deserting +me. Remember how many close places I have helped you out of. This last +was a little the closest of all, Bosephus, and I shudder to think where +you might have been today if it had not been for me." + +"That's so," said the little boy solemnly. "I don't suppose they'd have +even given me your skin, Ratio." + + + + +CHAPTER X + +AN AFTERNOON'S FISHING + + "Sitting on a bank where the bull frogs dream-- + Sitting on the shore of a deep, deep stream-- + Sitting on a log and waiting for a bite-- + Bound to catch our supper, if we fish--all--night." + + +THE little boy was holding a long cane pole that he had cut as they came +along, on the small end of which he had fastened a hook and line, baited +with a lively worm. The Bear was leaning back against a tree and +watching him lazily. + +"Bo," said he presently, "I shouldn't wonder if that singing of yours +scared the fish all away." + +"I wouldn't say that to you, Ratio. I know if you'd wake up and take the +fiddle and play some they'd walk right out on the bank." + +The Bear laughed sleepily. He was in a comfortable position and the warm +afternoon sun was soothing. He hummed some negro lines he had heard:-- + + "When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' mus' jes' set an' wait-- + When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' must spit on yo' bait-- + When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' mus' git across de tide, + For dey's alw'ys bettah fishin' on de oth--ah--side." + +"I shouldn't wonder if you were right, Ratio," assented Bo, anxiously. +"It does look better over there, only there's no way to get across +except this slippery looking, rotten old log, and I don't feel much like +trying that." + +"Walk out on it a little way, Bo," said Horatio, getting interested, +"and throw your line over there by that cypress snag. That looks like a +good place." + +Bosephus rose cautiously, and, balancing himself with the long cane +pole, edged his way a few inches at a time toward the middle of the +stream, pausing every little way to be sure that the log showed no sign +of yielding. He could swim, but he did not wish for a wetting, and +besides there were a good many alligators in these Louisiana waters and +some very fierce snapping turtles. He had heard the negroes say that +alligators were particularly fond of boys, and that snapping turtles +never let go till it thundered. He had no wish to furnish supper for an +alligator and there were no signs of a thunder storm. Hence he advanced +with great prudence. When he had nearly reached the centre Horatio +called to him. + +"Try it from there, Bo! Your line's long enough to reach!" + +The little boy steadied himself by a limb that projected from the log +and swung his line in the direction the Bear had indicated. Then he +waited, holding his breath almost, and watching his float, which lay +silently on the water. Horatio was watching, too, with half closed eyes, +and now and then giving instructions. + +"Pull it a little more to the right, Bo--nearer that root," he +whispered. + +Bosephus obeyed, but the float still lay silently on the water. + +"Draw it a little toward you, Bo; sometimes when they think its going +away they make a rush for it." + +Again the little boy did as directed, but without result. + +"Lift out your bait and see if it's all right. Now fling it a little +further toward the bank." + +Bo lifted out the bait, which was still lively and untouched, and flung +it far over toward the other shore. Then he waited in silence once more, +but there was no sign of even so much as a nibble. + +"Oh, pshaw, Ratio!" he said at last impatiently. "I don't believe you +know anything about fishing. Either that or there are no fish in +here--one of the two." + +He had turned his head toward the Bear as he spoke and was not looking +at his float. All at once the Bear sat straight up, pointing at the +water. + +"Your cork's gone!" he shouted. "You've got one! Pull, Bo, pull!" + +The little boy turned so quickly that he almost lost his balance and +could not immediately obey. Horatio was wild with excitement. + +"Why don't you pull?" he howled. "Do you expect him to climb up your +pole? Are you waiting for him to make his toilet before he appears? +Well, talk about fishermen!" + +Bosephus was struggling madly to follow instructions. He was holding to +the dead limb like grim death and pulling fiercely at the pole with one +hand. The fish must be a large one, for it swung furiously from side to +side, but could not be brought to the surface. Horatio on the bank was +still shouting and dancing violently. + +"You'll lose him!" he yelled; "you'll never in the world land him that +way. You ought to go fishing for tin fish in a tub! Just let me out +there; I'll show you how to fish!" and Horatio made a rush toward the +log on which Bo was standing. + +[Illustration: "PULL, BO, PULL!"] + +"Go back! Go back!" screamed the little boy. "It won't hold us both!" +But the Bear was too much excited by this time to heed any caution. He +hurried to the centre of the log and seizing the pole from Bo's hand +gave a fierce pull. The fish swung clear of the water and far out on the +bank, but the strain on their support was too great. There was a loud +cracking sound, and before they knew what had happened both were +struggling in the water. + +"Help! Help!" howled Horatio. "I'm drowning!" + +"Hold to the end of the log!" shouted Bo. "I'll swim ashore and tow you +in with the pole!" + +He struck out as he spoke and in a few strokes was near enough to seize +some bushes that overhung the water. Suddenly he heard Horatio give +forth a scream so wild that he whirled about to look. Then he saw +something that made him turn cold. In a half circle, a few feet away +from where Horatio was clinging to the end of the broken log for dear +life, there had risen from the water a number of long, black, ugly +heads. A drove of alligators! + +"Bo! Bo!" shrieked the wretched Bear. "They're after me! They'll eat me +alive--skin and all! Save me! Save me!" + +The little boy swung himself to the shore and dashed up the bank. His +first thought had been to seize the fishing pole and with it to drag +Horatio to safety. But at that instant his eye fell on the violin. He +had learned to play very well himself during the last few weeks and he +remembered the night of the panther dance in the Arkansaw woods. He +snatched up the instrument and struck the bow across the strings. + +"Sing, Horatio!" he shouted. "It's your turn to sing!" and Bosephus +broke out into a song that after the first line the Bear joined as if he +never expected to sing again on earth. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there was an Old Bear went out for a swim, + And the alligators came just to take a look at him, + +[Illustration: "OH, THERE WAS AN OLD BEAR WENT OUT FOR A SWIM."] + +[Illustration: Music] + + And the Bear was glad to see 'em, and he wanted them to stay, + And he sang a song to please 'em so they wouldn't go away." + +As the music rolled out on the water there rose to the surface another +half circle of dark objects. The Bear shut his eyes and his voice grew +faint. They were snapping turtles. + +"Stop, Bo!" he wailed. "It's no use. It only brings more of 'em, and new +kinds." + +"No, no; go on," whispered Bo, who had crept down quite to the water's +edge. "Now--ready! sing!" + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Then 'tis 'Gator, Alligator, we expect to see you later, + If you really have to leave us--if you can't remain to tea-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + Then 'tis Turtle, Mr. Turtle, you will notice we are fertile, + In providing entertainment for our com--pa--nee." + +New arrivals appeared constantly until the water and logs and stumps by +the water's edge were alive with listening creatures. Still remembering +the panther dance the boy called in a whisper to Horatio:-- + +"Softly now; sing it again." + +They repeated the song, letting their voices and music gradually blend +into the whispering of the trees. Bo sang with closed eyes, but the +watching Bear saw the listening circle of heads sink lower and lower so +gently that he could not be sure when the water had closed over them. +From roots and logs and stumps dark forms slid noiselessly into the +stream and disappeared. The music died away and ceased. Horatio looked +at the little boy eagerly. + +[Illustration: "HELP! HELP!"] + +"Quick, the pole, Bo," he called softly. "They're all gone." + +A moment later he was holding on to the cane pole with teeth and claws +and being towed to shore. As he marched up the bank he picked up the +large fish that was still flopping at the end of the line. + +"Very fine, Bosephus," he said, holding it up. "You wouldn't have had +that fish for supper if it hadn't been for me, Bosephus." + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE ROAD HOME + + "Going back to Arkansaw as fast as we can go-- + Never mind the winter time--never mind the snow, + For the weather's not so chilly as the Louisiana law, + And we'll feel a good deal safer in the Ar--kan--saw." + + +IT had happened in this way. The afternoon before Christmas had come and +the little boy and the Bear had been talking over a Christmas dinner for +the next day. + +"Bosephus," Horatio had said, "we must have something extra. I should +like a real old-fashioned dinner. One such as I used to have; but, of +course, that is all over now." And there was an untamed, regretful look +in his eyes. + +"Ratio," said Bo, "we have got a lot of money--nearly two hundred +dollars. We can afford to have something good. I will buy a duck and a +turkey and maybe some pies. We'll take a holiday and eat from morning +till night if we feel like it." + +The Bear smiled at this thought and touched the strings of the violin. + + "Oh, we'll buy a tender turkey, and we'll buy a youthful duck, + And some pies, perhaps, and cookies, and some doughnuts, just for luck, + And we'll take our Christmas dinner where the balmy breezes stray, + And we'll spread it in the sunshine and we'll eat--all--day." + +Suddenly he paused in his singing and listened. They were coming out +into an open space and there was a sound of a voice speaking. Somebody +was talking in a foreign language that Bo did not understand, but the +Bear trembled with eagerness. + +"Bo," he whispered, "that's Italian. That's the way my first teacher +talked. The one that abused me--and died." + +The Bear licked out his tongue fiercely at this memory and pushed +forward into the open, the little boy following. As they stepped out +where they could see, Bosephus uttered an exclamation and Horatio a +snort of surprise. By the roadside sat a dark-browed, villainous-looking +Italian and before him stood a miserable half-starved bear cub, which he +was trying to teach. He would speak a few words to it and then beat it +fiercely with a heavy stick. The little bear cowered and trembled and +could not obey. Horatio gave a low dangerous growl as Bo held him back. +The Italian turned and saw them. + +"What are you beating that cub for?" asked Bo, sternly. + +The Italian looked at him evilly. + +"Maka him grow an' dance an' playa fid, lika yo' bear," he said, +sullenly. "Soa he maka da mun'." + +"That won't do it. You can teach him better with kindness. Throw that +stick away. Aren't you ashamed of yourself." + +"Minda yo' own biz," was the insolent reply. + +The little boy saw that it would not be safe to stay there any longer. +The cub was whining pitifully and Horatio was becoming furious. He +turned away, the Bear following reluctantly. When they had gone perhaps +a half a mile Horatio paused. + +"Let's camp here," he said. "This is a nice place and I'm tired." + +Bosephus was tired, too. The day before Christmas with its merry +preparation had been a big day among the plantations and the friends had +reaped a harvest. + +"All right, Ratio," he said, and they made preparations for the night, +though it was still quite early. + +[Illustration: "MAKA HIM GROW AN' DANCE AN' PLAY A 'FID'."] + +"Bo," said the Bear, reflectively, "Christmas always reminds me of +when I was a little cub like that poor little fellow we saw back yonder. +I was a Christmas present--by accident." + +"A Christmas present by accident! How was that?" + +"It was this way. I was always brave and adventurous, as you know. My +folks lived in a very large tree and were all asleep for the winter +except me. I stayed awake so as to run away and see the world. Well, I +started out and I travelled and I travelled. It was all woods and I lost +my way. By and by I got very tired and climbed up into a thick evergreen +tree to rest. I suppose I went to sleep and some men who were out +hunting for a Christmas tree must have picked out mine and tied the +limbs together tight with cords and cut it down. Then I suppose they +must have carried me home and set the tree up in its place and untied +the cords, for the first I knew I was tumbling out on to a carpet in a +big room, and a lot of children were screaming and running in every +direction. I was bigger and some fatter than that cub we saw with the +Italian--poor little fellow. + +"I'd like to talk to that villain about five minutes alone," continued +Horatio, grimly. "I'm sure I could interest him. I'd tell him about the +man that used to beat me, and I might give him an imitation of what +happened to him," and the big fellow rose and walked back and forth in +excitement. + +"But go on with your story, Ratio; what happened to you after you fell +out of the Christmas tree?" + +"Oh! the children tamed me and fed me till I got so big they were afraid +of me, and then I ate up some young pigs and a calf and went away." + +"You ran away, you mean. What happened then?" + +"Well, I went quite a distance and fell in with a circus. I learned to +dance there and stayed with them a while. But one day the young ibex +came in to see me and they couldn't find anything of him after that +except his horns, and seemed suspicious of me, so I went away again." + +"Oh, Ratio!" + +"Yes; I travelled and changed about a good deal till by and by I fell in +with the Italian who promised to teach me to play the violin, and he did +teach me some, as you know, but he wasn't kind to me, so I--I wore +mourning for him a while, and went away again. Then I met up with you, +and you taught me the second part of our tune, and we went into +partnership and I reformed, and we've been together ever since. We've +been in some pretty close places together, Bosephus, but I've always +managed to pull us through safely, and you have behaved very nobly, too, +at times, Bosephus--very nobly, indeed." + +"Are you sure you have reformed, Horatio?" + +Horatio swung the violin to his shoulder and drew the bow across the +strings. Then he sang softly:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there's some folks say a nigger won't steal, + But I caught one in my corn-fiel'. + +[Illustration: Music] + + And there's other folks say that a Bear will tame, + But I wouldn't trust him with my----" + +he hesitated, and then, with a final flourish, + + "with my money all the same." + +The little boy laughed. The Bear seemed to have forgotten the cruel +Italian and was in his usual good humor. + +"I think I can trust you, Horatio; I'm not a bit afraid of you." + +"Bo," said Ratio, speaking suddenly, "speaking of Christmas trees, we +ought to have one. I saw a beautiful one up the stream yonder. I think +I'll go and get it, if you'll look after the supper while I'm gone." + +"Why, yes, Horatio, only don't be long about it." + +Horatio struck the violin with a long vigorous sweep. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, we'll have a tree for Christmas in this Louisiana isthmus, + Where the orange trees are waving and the jasmines are in bloom; + +[Illustration: Music] + + And I'll have a Christmas dinner, if I don't I am a sinner, + And I'll eat it if it sends me to my doom--doom--doom." + +Bo laughed again. He had never seen Horatio in a better humor. + +"If you eat too much pie it may send you to your doom--doom--doom," he +said. "Hurry back, now, with that tree. You can pull it up by the roots +and we'll plant it again here. Then it will keep right on growing." + +The bear set out up the stream and the boy busied himself with building +a fire and taking out of a sack a lot of food that had been given them +by the planters during the afternoon. He spread this on the leaves and +moss and then sat down and gazed into the bright blaze. It was pleasant +and warm and he was quite tired. After a while he wondered sleepily why +the Bear didn't come back, and concluded he was having a hard time +pulling up the tree. Then he began thinking of all the adventures they +had had together and of the little cub bear and the cruel Italian. + +"I was tempted to let Horatio at him," he thought. "A man like that +should be beaten until he couldn't stand. That poor little creature! How +wistfully he looked at us. He kept whining--perhaps he was telling Ratio +something." + +The little boy's head nodded forward now and then and presently he +slept. He slept soundly and the moments flew by unheeded. He was having +a long dream about old man Todd and the girls and the two candy hearts, +when suddenly there arose close at hand such a commotion, such a +mingling of excited language, fierce snarls and crashing of brush that +the little boy leaped to his feet wildly. + +"Ratio!" he shouted. "Ratio! where are you?" + +The only answer was the redoubled fury of the furious uproar, which Bo +now located at the edge of the road but a few feet away. He tore through +the brush hastily in that direction. As he reached the spot the turmoil +ceased and he heard the sound of running feet. Dashing through into the +road he beheld a strange sight. A half-naked man was disappearing over +the hill just beyond, and Horatio, holding some rags of clothing in one +hand and the paw of the little bear in the other, was looking after him +hungrily, as if about to pursue. Before him lay the Christmas tree badly +broken and bruised. + +"Ratio!" exclaimed Bo. "What have you been doing?" + +The Bear looked at Bo sheepishly. + +"I went for the Christmas tree," he said, meekly, "and just as I was +coming back the Italian man came along, and he was beating this little +chap, and so I tried the Christmas tree on him to see how he liked it. +Then we got into an argument, and when he went away he left the cub with +us and didn't take all of his clothing." + +The little boy reflected a moment. + +"I hope, Horatio," he said, gravely, "you did not mean to break your +agreement about, you know--about dinners." + +"I didn't, Bo; honest, I didn't. I wouldn't touch that fellow if I was +starving. But I did pretty nearly break his neck, Bo, and I'm glad of +it!" + +[Illustration: GOING BACK TO ARKANSAW.] + +"Ratio," said Bo, solemnly, "it's very wrong, I suppose; very wrong, +indeed; but I'm glad, too. Only we've got to postpone that Christmas +dinner. That fellow will be back here to-night with officers, and we've +had all the law we want. We start for Arkansaw in five minutes. A bite +of supper and then right about! ready! march!" + +And this was the reason Horatio and Bosephus and the little cub bear +were travelling swiftly northward in spite of the winter weather that +was not yet over. The cub was small and weak and Horatio, who loved him +and sometimes called him "little brother," often carried him. They gave +no performances, but only pushed forward, mile after mile, chanting +solemnly:-- + + "Going back to Arkansaw as fast as we can go-- + Never mind the winter time and never mind the snow, + For the weather's not so chilly as the Louisiana law, + And we'll feel a good deal safer in the Ar--kan--saw." + +[Illustration: HORATIO WAS LOOKING AT HIM HUNGRILY.] + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +THE BEAR COLONY AT LAST. THE PARTING OF BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO + + "Oh, the wind blows fair and the snow is gone + In the Arkansaw when the spring comes on. + Oh, the sun shines warm and the wind blows fair, + For the boy and the cub and the Old--Black--Bear." + + +SO sang Bosephus and Horatio as they sat side by side in the doorway of +a deserted lumberman's cabin in the depths of an Arkansaw forest. The +cub rescued from the brutal Italian and brought with them on their hasty +journey out of Louisiana, stood a few feet away watching them intently. +Now and then he made an awkward attempt at dancing, which caused +Bosephus and Horatio to stop their music and laugh. He had grown fat and +saucy with good treatment, and seemed to enjoy the amusement he caused. +At a little distance behind him, some seated and some standing, and all +enjoying the entertainment, were seven other bears of various sizes. The +colony so long planned by Horatio and Bosephus was established. + +The long journey out of Louisiana had been made rapidly and with no +delays. Though midwinter when begun, the weather had been beautiful at +the start, and there had been few storms and but little cold since. The +cub had gradually confided his story to Horatio, who loved him and +continued to call him affectionately "little brother." He had been +captured in a very deep woods, he said, by hunters, who sold him to the +Italian. He did not know where these woods were, but as the friends +crossed the Louisiana line and entered lower Arkansaw he grew more and +more excited every day, for he declared these were so like his native +woods that he could almost hear his mother's voice crooning the evening +lullaby. Soon after, they came one evening upon a deserted lumberman's +camp and took possession of the one cabin that still remained. It was a +good shelter and there was a stream with fine fish in it close at hand. +But when the friends awoke next morning the little bear was gone. + +They were very sorry, for they had grown much attached to the little +chap and he had seemed to be fond of them also. It was very lonely in +the deep forest without him. Horatio sighed. + +"He didn't appreciate us, Bo," he said, sadly. "He's gone back to be a +wild bear. He never got the taste of men--tastes, I mean, and I suppose +these woods made him homesick. They are like my old woods, too, and I +get homesick sometimes--even now." Then the boy and the Bear went to the +brook to fish and the day passed gloomily. + +But that night, when Bo had built a fire in the big fireplace which +almost filled one end of the cabin, and was cooking the fish, there came +a muffled scratching sound at the door. Horatio sprang to his feet +instantly. + +"That's Cub," he said, excitedly. + +The boy ran to the door and opened it. Sure enough, the little cub stood +before him, and out of the darkness behind gleamed seven other pairs of +eyes. The boy was brave, but as he saw that row of fiery orbs he felt +his flesh creep and his hair began to prickle. + +"Horatio!" he called, softly, "come quick." + +[Illustration: THE POOR BEAR GAVE WAY COMPLETELY.] + +The Bear was already by his side, and a moment later with the cub +stepped out into the night. Then Bosephus heard low growls followed by a +strange commotion, which he at first took to be the sound of fighting. +Suddenly Horatio ran to him in great excitement. + +"Bo, Bo!" he exclaimed, "it's my family! and, oh, Bosephus, it's Cub's +family, too! We're really brothers, and we didn't know it!" Then he ran +back into the dark and presently returned with the cub and the seven +other bears, following. The newcomers stared and blinked at the little +boy as they entered the lighted cabin and then withdrew to a darker +corner, where they sat silently regarding everything that passed, like +strangers from the country. The cub sat with them and whispered softly, +in the bear tongue, and Horatio now and then went over, too, and no +doubt told them marvellous tales of his strange adventures. Late that +night all lay down to sleep--the little boy in the arms of his faithful +friend. + +And so the Bear Colony had begun, even sooner than Bo and Ratio had +expected, and they had given up all notion of travelling any further. +The lumber camp was deserted for good by the woodcutters, for the +largest trees had been cut out and taken away long before. The cabin was +headquarters--Bosephus was president, Horatio prime minister, and the +cub, because of his adventures and slight educational advancement, was +chief assistant. Early spring was upon the land, and the woods were +beginning to be sweet with song and blossom. Bosephus was almost afraid +at first that, with the native woods and the renewal of home ties, +Horatio might return more or less to his savage instincts, but he became +gentler and more docile than ever. His place as prime minister and chief +instructor made him realize his advancement and the importance of good +behavior. He was grave and dignified, and about the fire in the evening, +played the violin with an air of skill and superiority that was very +impressive. Bosephus at first enjoyed it all immensely. The bears were +obedient and submissive, and were gradually learning to understand his +language. He had more money than he would ever need and was lord of all +he surveyed. + +But gradually there came a change. He grew tired of seeing only the +black faces and shining eyes of his subjects and of hearing only the +singing of bees and birds. At first he did not realize what was the +matter. Then it came to him at last that this life of the forest was +palling upon him and that, like the cub, he yearned for his own +kind--the faces of men. + +One morning he divided up the money into two equal parts and slipped out +to where Horatio was sunning himself and playing softly before the +cabin. + +"Horatio," he said, tenderly, "I have divided up the money. Here is your +half. You have been the best friend I ever had and it breaks my heart to +leave you, but I can't live away from my own race any longer. I am going +back to Louisiana, to the planter who told me to come back and he would +send me to school and college and make a man of me," and then the little +boy suddenly broke down and fell weeping into his companion's arms. + +For some moments Horatio could not speak. Then he spoke, sobbing between +every word. + +"Bo--Bo--you--you're--not--not going to--to leave me! Oh, Bo!" and the +poor Bear gave way completely and wept on the little boy's shoulder. +They were all alone, as the others had gone out together for a walk. At +last Horatio put the boy gently from him and took up his violin. He +began to play very softly and sang in a breaking voice:-- + + "Oh, he's going away to leave me to the Lou'siana shore, + And I'll never see my darling, my Bosephus, any more; + He's divided up the money, and he's going far away, + And my poor old heart is breaking but he--will--not--stay. + We have battled with the weather--we have faced the world together-- + Never caring why or whether--never minding when or where-- + But he says we now must sever--happy days are done forever, + For Bosephus and the fiddle and the Old--Black--Bear!" + +[Illustration: FELL WEEPING INTO HIS COMPANION'S ARMS.] + +An hour later Bo was wending his way southward through the sweet spring +woods alone. In his inner breast pocket was stored every dollar the +friends had earned together. + +"I will never need it now, Bo," Horatio had said at parting, "and you +will need a great many times as much. Take it and sometimes think of +your far off faithful Ratio." And then, after one long embrace, they had +parted. And now the little boy was trying to keep up courage to carry +out what he had undertaken. At every turn in the path he was tempted to +return and throw himself in Horatio's arms. But he pressed on, hoping to +arrive at some sort of habitation for the night, which he did not like +to pass alone in the woods. + +"Poor old Ratio," he thought. "He will be happier with his own people +after a while. And perhaps he will really civilize them." He turned and +cast one long look in the direction of the colony which he could no +longer see. Then facing about again he hurried forward. About a mile +further on he paused at a little brook for a drink. He was bending over +the water when he heard a sudden crashing in the bushes behind him. He +started up instantly and seized a heavy stick that lay close at hand. +Nearer and nearer came the tearing through the brush, like some heavy +animal in fierce chase. The boy stepped out of the path to let the +creature pass, and then, all at once, he gave a cry of joy and surprise. +Headlong out of the bushes, stumbling and rolling at his feet, with +tears streaming from his eyes and violin under his arm, was Horatio. + +"Bo, Bo!" he cried. "I couldn't stand it. I'm going with you. That kind +planter will give me a place to stay, I know, and maybe if he sends you +to college he'll let me go, too. I could play for the college boys, Bo, +and help pay your way. Don't send me back, Bo! Don't send me back!" + +Bo embraced him silently. + +"Why, of course not, Ratio," he said at last, "but I thought you wanted +to have a colony of your own people." + +"I did, Bo, but I have turned it over to Cub. He can take care of it. +Like you, Bo, I have been civilized too long to live away from men! And, +besides, Bo, you need me to protect you." Horatio recovered his dignity +at this point and continued, gravely, "You are brave and noble, +Bosephus, but you need some one near you who is ever ready to face any +danger. Let us sing now, Bosephus, as we travel onward." + +And with a joyful scrape of the strings and a sweet burst of melody the +friends set their faces once more to the South. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo, + Went out into the woods when the moon was low. + +[Illustration: Music] + + And he met an Old Bear who was hungry for a snack, + And the folks are still waiting for Bosephus to come back. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "For the boy became the teacher of this kind and gentle creature, + Who was faithful in his friendship and was watchful in his care, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And they travelled on forever and they'll never, never sever, + Bosephus and the fiddle and the Old--Black--Bear." + +[Illustration: "And they traveled on forever"] + + * * * * * + +Transcriber's Notes: + +Obvious punctuation errors repaired. + +Page 20, "TO" changed to "BO" (BO was awake first) + +Page 66, two lines of text were transposed. The original read: + + + of them----" + down here are mighty fond of bear meat, and there's such a lot + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Arkansaw Bear, by Albert Bigelow Paine + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ARKANSAW BEAR *** + +***** This file should be named 28302-8.txt or 28302-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/3/0/28302/ + +Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net Music by Linda +Cantoni(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/28302-8.zip b/28302-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5eb0adb --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-8.zip diff --git a/28302-h.zip b/28302-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57bc44c --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h.zip diff --git a/28302-h/28302-h.htm b/28302-h/28302-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef88c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/28302-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3995 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Arkansaw Bear, by Albert Bigelow Paine. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + + p {margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + text-indent: 1.25em; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + img {border: 0;} + .tnote {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;} + ins {text-decoration:none; border-bottom: thin dotted gray;} + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + .copyright {text-align: center; font-size: 70%;} + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: justify;} + + .bbox {border: solid 2px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;} + .musicnote {text-align: center; font-size: 80%;} + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold; font-size: 70%;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .unindent {margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + .right {text-align: right;} + .poem {margin-left: 30%; text-align: left;} + .poem2 {margin-left: 20%; text-align: left;} + .cap:first-letter {float: left; clear: left; margin: -0.2em 0.1em 0; margin-top: 0%; + padding: 0; line-height: .75em; font-size: 300%; text-align: justify;} + .cap {text-align: justify;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Arkansaw Bear, by Albert Bigelow Paine + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Arkansaw Bear + A Tale of Fanciful Adventure + +Author: Albert Bigelow Paine + +Illustrator: Frank Ver Beck + +Release Date: March 10, 2009 [EBook #28302] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ARKANSAW BEAR *** + + + + +Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net Music by Linda +Cantoni(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + +</pre> + + + + +<div class='tnote'><b>Transcriber's Note:</b> Lines of music can be played +as midi files by clicking on the music image.</div> + +<h1>THE ARKANSAW BEAR</h1> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 413px;"> +<img src="images/i001.jpg" width="413" height="600" alt="Cover" title="" /> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 419px;"> +<img src="images/i002.jpg" width="419" height="500" alt="BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO" title="" /> +<span class="caption">BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO</span> +</div> + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h1>THE ARKANSAW BEAR</h1> + + +<h3>A TALE OF FANCIFUL ADVENTURE</h3> + +<h4>TOLD<br /> +<br /> +IN SONG AND STORY BY</h4> + +<h2>ALBERT BIGELOW PAINE</h2> + +<h4>IN PICTURES BY</h4> + +<h3>FRANK VER BECK</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<img src="images/i003.png" width="200" height="136" alt="Emblem" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class='center'> +NEW YORK: R. H. RUSSELL<br /> +LONDON:<br /> +KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRÜBNER & CO.<br /> + +<small>MDCCCXCVIII</small><br /> +</div> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class='copyright'> +COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY<br /> +ROBERT HOWARD RUSSELL<br /> +Printed in the United States of America<br /> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<div class='center'> +<big>DEDICATION</big><br /> +<br /> +TO MASTER FRANK VER BECK,<br /> +<br /> +FOR WHOSE<br /> +<br /> +BEDTIME ENTERTAINMENT<br /> +<br /> +THE ARKANSAW BEAR<br /> +<br /> +FIRST PERFORMED<br /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> + + + + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'><small>CHAPTER</small></td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>I </td><td align='left'>The Meeting of Bosephus and Horatio</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>II </td><td align='left'>The First Performance</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>III </td><td align='left'>Horatio and the Dogs</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>IV </td><td align='left'>The Dance of the Forest People</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>V </td><td align='left'>Good-bye to Arkansaw</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_46">46</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>VI </td><td align='left'>An Exciting Race</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_55">55</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>VII </td><td align='left'>Horatio's Moonlight Adventure</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>VIII </td><td align='left'>Sweet and Sour</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>IX </td><td align='left'>In Jail at Last</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>X </td><td align='left'>An Afternoon's Fishing</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_92">92</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>XI </td><td align='left'>The Road Home</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>XII </td><td align='left'>The Bear Colony at Last. The Parting of Bosephus and Horatio</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_111">111</a></td></tr> +</table></div> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/i004.jpg" width="400" height="257" alt="Chapter I" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<h2>CHAPTER I</h2> + +<h3>THE MEETING OF BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, 'twas down in the woods of the Arkansaw,<br /> +And the night was cloudy and the wind was raw,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And he didn't have a bed and he didn't have a bite,<br /> +And if he hadn't fiddled he'd a travelled all night."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>BOSEPHUS paused in his mad flight to listen. Surely +this was someone playing the violin, and the tune was +familiar.</div> + +<p>He listened more intently.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"But he came to a cabin and an old gray man,<br /> +And says he, 'Where am I going? Now tell me if you can——'"<br /> +</div> + +<p>It was the "Arkansaw Traveller" and close at hand. The +little boy tore hastily through the brush in the direction of the +music. The moon had come up, and he could see quite well, +but he did not pause to pick his way. As he stepped from the +thicket out into an open space the fiddling ceased. It was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span> +bright moonlight there, too, and as Bosephus took in the situation +his blood turned cold.</p> + +<p>In the center of the open space was a large tree. Backed +up against this tree, and looking straight at the little boy, with +fiddle in position for playing, and uplifted bow, was a huge +Black Bear!</p> + +<p>Bosephus looked at the Bear, and the Bear looked at +Bosephus.</p> + +<p>"Who are you, and what are you doing here?" he roared.</p> + +<p>"I—I am Bo-se-Bosephus, an' I—I g-guess I'm l-lost!" +gasped the little boy.</p> + +<p>"Guess you are!" laughed the Bear, as he drew the bow +across the strings.</p> + +<p>"An-an' I haven't had any s-supper, either."</p> + +<p>"Neither have I!" grinned the Bear, "that is, none worth +mentioning. A young rabbit or two, perhaps, and a quart or so +of blackberries, but nothing real good and strengthening to +fill up on." Then he regarded Bosephus reflectively, and began +singing as he played softly:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, we'll have a little music first and then some supper, too,<br /> +But before we have the supper we will play the music through."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"No hurry, you know. Be cool, please, and don't wiggle +so."</p> + +<p>But Bosephus, or Bo, as he was called, was very much disturbed. +So far as he could see there was no prospect of supper +for anybody but the Bear.</p> + +<p>"You'll forget all about supper pretty soon," continued the +Bear, fiddling.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"You'll forget about your supper—you'll forget about your home—<br /> +You'll forget you ever started out in Arkansaw to roam."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"My name is Horatio," he continued. "Called Ratio for +short. But I don't like it. Call me Horatio, in full, please."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i005.jpg" width="500" height="342" alt=""MAYBE YOU CAN PLAY IT YOURSELF."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"MAYBE YOU CAN PLAY IT YOURSELF."</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Oh, ye-yes, sir!" said Bo, hastily.</p> + +<p>"See that you don't forget it!" grunted the Bear. "I don't +like familiarity in my guests. But I am clear away from the +song I was singing when you came tearing out of that thicket. +Seems like I never saw anybody in such a hurry to see me as you +were.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Now the old man sat a-fiddling by the little cabin door,<br /> +And the tune was pretty lively, and he played it o'er and o'er;<br /> +And the stranger sat a-list'ning and a-wond'ring what to do,<br /> +As he fiddled and he fiddled, but he never played it through."<br /> +</div> + +<p>Bo was very fond of music, and as Horatio drew from the +strings the mellow strains of "The Arkansaw Traveller" he forgot +that both he and the Bear were hungry. He could dance +very well, and was just about to do so as the Bear paused.</p> + +<p>"Why don't you play the rest of that tune, Horatio?" he +asked, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"Same reason the old man didn't!" growled the Bear, still +humming the air,</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, raddy daddy dum—daddy dum—dum—dum—<br /> +</div> + +<p>"Why!" continued Bo, "that's funny!"</p> + +<p>"Is it?" snorted Horatio; "I never thought so!</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Then the stranger asked the fiddler 'Won't you play the rest for me?'<br /> +'Don't know it,' says the fiddler, 'Play it for yourself!' says he——"<br /> +</div> + +<p>"Maybe you can do what the stranger did, Bosephus—maybe you +can play it yourself, eh?" grunted the huge animal, pausing and +glowering at the little boy.</p> + +<p>"Oh, no, sir—I—I—that is, sir, I can only wh-whistle or +s-sing it!" trembled Bo.</p> + +<p>"What!"</p> + +<p>"Y-yes, sir. I——"</p> + +<p>"You can sing it?" shouted the Bear, joyfully, and for once +forgetting to fiddle. "You don't say so!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Why, of course!" laughed Bo; "everybody in Arkansaw +can do that. It goes this way:—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Then the stranger took the fiddle, with a ridy-diddle-diddle,<br /> +And the strings began to jingle at the tingle of the bow,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +While the old man sat and listened, and his eyes with pleasure glistened,<br /> +As he shouted 'Hallelujah! And hurray—for—Joe!'"<br /> +</div> + +<p>When Bo had finished, Horatio stood perfectly still for +some moments in astonishment and admiration. Then he came +up close to the little boy.</p> + +<p>"Look here, Bo," he said, "if you'll teach me to play and +sing that tune, we'll forget all about that sort o' personal supper +I was planning on, and I'll take you home all in one piece. And +anything you want to know I'll tell you, and anything I've got, +except the fiddle, is yours. Furthermore, you can call me Ratio, +too, see?</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +'Oh, ridy-diddy, diddy-diddy——'<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>how does it go? Give me a start, please."</div> + +<p>Bo brightened up at once. He liked to teach things immensely, +and especially to ask questions.</p> + +<p>"Why, of course, Ratio," he said, condescendingly; "I shall +be most happy. And I can make up poetry, too. Ready, +now:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"I am glad to be the teacher of this kind and gentle creature,<br /> +Who can play upon the fiddle in a——"<br /> +</div> + +<p>"Wait, Bo! wait till I catch up!" cried Horatio, excitedly. +"Now!"</p> + +<p>"Hold on, Ratio. I want to ask a question!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span></p> + +<p>"All right! Fire away! I couldn't get any further anyhow."</p> + +<p>"Well," said Bo, "I want to know how you ever learned to +play the fiddle."</p> + +<p>Horatio did not reply at first, but closed his eyes reflectively +and drew the bow across the string softly.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, raddy daddy dum—daddy dum—dum—dum—-<br /> +</div> + +<p>"I took a course of lessons," he said, presently, "but it is a long +story, and some of it is not pleasant. I think we had better go +on with the music now:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo,<br /> +Went out into the woods when the moon was low,<br /> +And he met an Old Bear who was hungry for a snack,<br /> +And his folks are still awaiting for Bosephus to come back."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"Go right on with the rest of it," said Bo, hastily.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"For the boy became the teacher of this kind and gentle creature,<br /> +Who can play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"But I say, Ratio," interrupted Bo again, "how did it come +you never learned to play the second part of that tune?"</p> + +<p>Horatio scowled fiercely at first, and then once more grew +quite pensive. He played listlessly as he replied:—</p> + +<p>"Ah," he said, "my teacher was—was unfortunate. He +taught me to play the first part of that tune. He would have +taught me the rest of it—if he had had time."</p> + +<p>Horatio drew the bow lightly across the strings and began +to sing, in a far-away voice:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was an old man, and his name was Jim,<br /> +And he had a pet bear who was fond of him;<br /> +But the man was very cruel and abusive to his pet,<br /> +And one day his people missed him, and they haven't found him yet."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"Oh!" said Bo; "and w-what happened, Horatio?"</p> + +<p>Horatio paused and dashed away a tear.</p> + +<p>"It happened in a lonely place," he said, chewing reflectively,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span> +"a lonely place in the woods, like this. We were both of us +tired and hungry and he grew impatient and beat me. He also +spoke of my parents with disrespect, and in the excitement that +followed he died."</p> + +<p>"Oh!" said Bo.</p> + +<p>"Yes," repeated Horatio, "he died. He was such a nice +man—such a nice fat Italian man, and so good while—while he +lasted."</p> + +<p>"Oh!" said Bo.</p> + +<p>Horatio sighed.</p> + +<p>"His death quite took away my appetite," he mused. "I +often miss him now, and long for some one to take his place. I +kept this fiddle, though, and he might have been teaching me the +second part of that tune on it now if his people hadn't missed +him—that is, if he hadn't been impatient, I mean."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Ratio!" said Bo, "I will teach you the tune all +through! And I will never be the least bit impatient or—or +excited. Are you ready to begin, Ratio?"</p> + +<p>"All ready! Play."</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, it's fine to be the teacher of a kind and gentle creature<br /> +Who can play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way,<br /> +And I'll never, never grieve him, and I'll never, never leave him,<br /> +Till I hear the rooster crowing for the break—of—day."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"That was very nice, Bo, very nice indeed!" exclaimed +Horatio, as they finished. "Now, I am going to tell you a secret."</p> + +<p>"Oh!" said Bo.</p> + +<p>"I have a plan. It is to start a colony for the education and +improvement of wild bears. But first I am going to travel and +see the world. I have lived mostly with men and know a good +deal of their taste—tastes, I mean—and have already travelled +in some of the States. After my friend, the Italian, was gone, I +tried to carry out his plans and conduct our business alone. But<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span> +I could only play the first part of that tune, and the people +wouldn't stand it. They drove me away with guns and clubs. +So I came back to the woods to practice and learn the rest of +that music. My gymnastics are better—watch me."</p> + +<p>Horatio handed Bo his fiddle and began a most wonderful +performance. He stood on his head, walked on his hands, +danced on two feet, three feet, and all fours. Then he began +and turned somersaults innumerable. Bo was delighted.</p> + +<p>"It wasn't because you couldn't play and perform well +enough!" he cried, excitedly. "It was because you went alone, +and they thought you were a crazy, wild bear. If I could go +along with you we could travel together over the whole world +and make a fortune. Then we could buy a big swamp and start +your colony. What do you say, Ratio? I am a charity boy, and +have no home anyway! We can make a fortune and see the +world!"</p> + +<p>At first Ratio did not say anything. Then he seized Bo in +his arms and hugged him till the boy thought his time had come. +The Bear put him down and held him off at arm's length, joyously.</p> + +<p>"Say!" he shouted. "Why, I say that you are a boy after +my own heart! We'll start at once! I'll take you to a place to-night +where there are lots of blackberries and honey, and to-morrow +we will set forth on our travels. Here's my hand as a +guarantee of safety as long as you keep your agreement. You +mean to do so, don't you?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes," said Bo.</p> + +<p>"And now for camp. We can play and sing as we go."</p> + +<p>As the little boy took Horatio's big paw he ceased to be +even the least bit afraid. He had at last found a strong friend, +and was going forth into the big world. He had never been so +happy in his life before.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span></p> + +<p>"All right, Ratio!" he shouted. "One, two, three, play!"</p> + +<p>And Ratio gave the bow a long, joyous scrape across the +strings, and thus they began their life together—Bosephus whistling +and the Bear playing and singing with all his might the +fascinating strains of "The Arkansaw Traveller":—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo,<br /> +Went out into the woods when the moon was low,<br /> +And he hadn't had his supper and his way he didn't know,<br /> +So he didn't have a bite to eat nor any place to go.<br /> +Then he heard the ridy-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle,<br /> +And his knees began to tremble as he saw him standing there;<br /> +Now they'll never, never sever, and they'll travel on forever—<br /> +Bosephus, and the fiddle, and the Old—Black—Bear."<br /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER II</h2> + +<h3>THE FIRST PERFORMANCE</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem'> +"Oh, 'twas down in the woods of the Arkansaw<br /> +I met an Old Bear with a very nimble paw;<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +He could dance and he could fiddle at the only tune he knew,<br /> +And he fiddled and he fiddled, but he never played it through."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>BO was awake first, and Horatio still lay sound asleep. +As the boy paused the Bear opened one eye sleepily +and reached lazily toward his fiddle, but dropped asleep +again before his paw touched it. They had found a +very cosy place in a big heap of dry leaves under some spreading +branches, and Horatio, though fond of music, was still more +fond of his morning nap. Bosephus looked at him a moment +and began singing again, in the same strain:—</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Then there came a little boy who could whistle all the tune,<br /> +And he whistled and he sang it by the rising of the moon;<br /> +And he whistled and he whistled, and he sang it o'er and o'er,<br /> +Till Horatio learned the music he had never learned before."<br /> +</div> + +<p>The Bear opened the other eye, and once more reached for +his fiddle. This time he got hold of it, but before his other paw +touched the bow he was asleep again. Bo waited a moment. +Then he suddenly began singing to the other part of the tune:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Yes, he learned it all so neatly and he played it all so sweetly<br /> +That he fell in love completely with the boy without a home;<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And he said, 'No matter whether it is dark or sunny weather<br /> +We will travel on together till the cows—come—home.'"<br /> +</div> + +<p>Before Bosephus finished the first two lines of this strain +Horatio was sitting up straight and fiddling for dear life.</p> + +<p>"Once more, Bo, once more!" he shouted as they finished.</p> + +<p>They repeated the music, and Horatio turned two handsprings +without stopping.</p> + +<p>"Now," he said, "we will go forth and conquer the world."</p> + +<p>"I could conquer some breakfast first," said Bo.</p> + +<p>"Do you like roasting ears?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes," said Bo.</p> + +<p>"Well, I have an interest in a little patch near here—that +is, I take an interest, I should say, and you can take part of mine +or one of your own if you prefer. It really doesn't make any +difference which you do just so you take it before the man that +planted it is up."</p> + +<p>"Why," exclaimed the boy as they came out into a little +clearing, "that is old Zack Todd's field!"</p> + +<p>"It is, is it? Well, how did old Zack Todd get it, I'd like to +know."</p> + +<p>"Why—why I don't know," answered Bo, puzzled.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i009.jpg" width="500" height="317" alt=""ONCE MORE, BO, ONCE MORE"" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"ONCE MORE, BO, ONCE MORE"</span> +</div> + +<p>"Of course not," said the Bear. "And now, Bosephus, let +me tell you something. The bears owned that field long before +old Zack Todd was ever thought of. We're just renting it to +him on shares. This is rent day. We don't need to wake Zack<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> +up. You get over the fence and hand me a few of the best ears +you can get quick and handy, and you might bring one of those +watermelons I see in the corn there, and we'll find a quiet place +that I know of and eat it."</p> + +<p>Bo hopped lightly over the rail fence, and, gathering an +armful of green corn, handed it to Horatio. Then he turned to +select a melon.</p> + +<p>"Has Zack Todd got a gun, Bosephus?" asked the Bear.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir-ee. The best gun in Arkansaw, and he's a dead +shot with it."</p> + +<p>"Oh, he is. Well, maybe you better not be quite so slow +picking out that melon. Just take the first big one you see and +come on."</p> + +<p>"Why, Zack wouldn't care for us collecting rent, would he?"</p> + +<p>"Well, I don't know. You see, some folks are peculiar +that way. Zack might forget it was rent day, and a man with a +bad memory and a good gun can't be trusted. Especially when +he's a dead shot. There, that one will do. Never mind about +his receipt—we'll mail it to him."</p> + +<p>Bo scrambled back over the fence with the melon and hastened +as fast as he could after Horatio, who was already moving +across the clearing with his violin under one arm and the green +ears under the other.</p> + +<p>"Wait, Ratio," called the little boy. "This melon is heavy."</p> + +<p>"Is that a long range gun, Bo?" called back the Bear.</p> + +<p>"Carries a mile and a half."</p> + +<p>"Can't you move up a little faster, Bo? I'm afraid, after all, +that melon is bigger than we needed."</p> + +<p>The boy was fat and he panted after his huge companion.</p> + +<p>Suddenly there was a sharp report, and Bosephus saw a little +tuft of fur fly from one of his companion's ears. Horatio +dodged frantically and dropped part of his corn.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/i010.jpg" width="400" height="469" alt="CONQUERING THE WORLD." title="" /> +<span class="caption">CONQUERING THE WORLD.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Run zigzag, Bo!" he called, "and don't drop the melon. +Run zigzag. He can't hit you so well then," and Horatio himself +began such a performance of running first one way and +then the other that Bo was almost obliged to laugh in spite of +their peril.</p> + +<p>"Is this what you call conquering the world, Ratio?" +Then, as he followed the Bear's example, he caught a backward +glimpse out of the corner of his eye.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Ratio," he called, "the whole family is after us. Zack +Todd, and old Mis' Todd, and Jim, and the girls."</p> + +<p>"How many times does that gun shoot?"</p> + +<p>"Only once without loading."</p> + +<p>"Muzzle loader?"</p> + +<p>"Yep," panted Bo. "Old style."</p> + +<p>"Good! Hold on to that melon. We'll get to the woods +yet."</p> + +<p>But Horatio was mistaken, for just as they dashed into the +edge of the timber, with the pursuers getting closer every moment, +right in front of them was a high barbed-wire fence which +the Todd family had built around the clearing but a few days +before. The Bear dropped his corn, and the boy carefully, but +with some haste, put down the melon. Then they turned. The +Todd family was just entering the woods—old Zack and the +gun in front. He had loaded it and was putting on the cap as +he ran.</p> + +<p>"What shall we do, Bo, what shall we do now?" groaned +Horatio.</p> + +<p>The situation was indeed desperate. Their pursuers were +upon them, and in a moment more the deadly gun would be +levelled. Suddenly a bright thought occurred to Bo.</p> + +<p>"I know," he shouted; "dance! Horatio! dance!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i011.jpg" width="500" height="457" alt=""DANCE! HORATIO, DANCE!"" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"DANCE! HORATIO, DANCE!"</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span></p> + +<p>Horatio still had his fiddle under his arm. He threw it into +position and ran the bow over the strings. In a second more he +was playing and dancing, and Bo was singing as though it were +a matter of life and death, which indeed it was:—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was a fine man and a mighty fine gun<br /> +And a Bear that played the fiddle and a boy that couldn't run,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +And the boy was named Bosephus and Horatio the Bear,<br /> +And they couldn't find a bite to eat for breakfast anywhere."<br /> +</div> + +<p>The Todd family stood still at this unexpected performance +and stared at the two musicians. Old man Todd leaned +his gun against a tree.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Now they couldn't buy their breakfast for their money all was spent,<br /> +So they dropped into a cornfield to collect a little rent;<br /> +But they only took a melon and an ear of corn or so,<br /> +And were going off to eat them where the butter blossoms grow."<br /> +</div> + +<p>The Todd family were falling into the swing of the music. +Old Mis' Todd and the girls were swaying back and forth and +the men were beating time with their feet. Suddenly Bosephus +changed to the second part of the tune.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"But the old man got up early with a temper rather surly,<br /> +And he chased them with his rifle and to catch them he was bound;<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +Till he heard the ridy-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle,<br /> +Then he shouted, 'Hallelujah, girls, and all—hands—'round!'"<br /> +</div> + +<p>The first line of this had started the Todd family. Old +Zack swung old Mis' Todd, and Jim swung the girls. Then all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span> +joined hands and circled to the left. They circled around Bosephus +and Horatio, who kept on with the music, faster and +faster. Then there was a grand right and left and balance all—every +one for himself—until they were breathless and could +dance no more. Horatio stopped fiddling and when old man +Todd could catch his breath he said to Bo:—</p> + +<p>"Look a-here; that Bear of yours is a whole show by himself, +and you're another. Anybody that can play and sing like +that can have anything I've got. There's my house and there's +my cornfield; help yourselves."</p> + +<p>Bo thanked him and said that the corn and the melon already +selected would do for the time. To oblige them, however, +he would take up a modest collection. He passed his hat +and received a silver twenty-five cent piece, a spool of thread +with a needle in it, a one-bladed jack-knife and two candy hearts +with mottoes on them—these last being from the girls, who +blushed and giggled as they contributed. Then he said good-by, +and the Todd family showed them a gate that led into the +thick woods. As the friends passed out of sight and hearing +Bosephus paused and waved his handkerchief to the girls. A +little later Horatio turned to him and said, impressively:—</p> + +<p>"That is what I call conquering the world, Bosephus. We +began a little sooner and more abruptly than I had expected, +but it was not badly done, and, all things considered, you did +your part very well, Bosephus; very well indeed."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER III</h2> + +<h3>HORATIO AND THE DOGS</h3> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +"Blossom on the bough and bird on the limb—<br /> +Old Black Bear sits a-grinning at him;<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +Sawing on his fiddle and a-grinning at the jay—<br /> +Grinning as he saws the only tune that he can play."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>HORATIO leaned back against the tree and played +lazily. Bosephus lay stretched full length on the +leaves, following idly with any words that happened to +fit the strain. A blue jay just over their heads bobbed +up and down on a limber branch, waiting for them to go. The +Bear took up the song as the boy paused:—</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Boy on the bank and bird on the tree—<br /> +Bird keeps a-bobbing and a-blinking at me;<br /> +Bobbing and a-blinking, and a-waiting for a bite—<br /> +Hasn't had a thing to eat since late—last—night."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"I say, Ratio," interrupted Bo. "Suppose we move on and +give Mr. Jay Bird a chance?"</p> + +<p>Horatio grunted and rose heavily. After their adventure +with the Todd family they had come to a pleasant spot in the +woods by a clear stream of water. Bo, who had some matches +in his pocket, had kindled a fire and roasted some of the corn, +much to the disgust of Horatio, who disliked fire and asked him +why he didn't roast the watermelon, too, while he was about it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span> +Then they had eaten their breakfast together and taken a brief +rest before setting forth again on their travels. A jay bird was +waiting to peck the gnawed ears and melon rinds. He stared at +the strange pair as they strolled away through the trees, the +Bear continuing his favorite melody.</p> + +<p>"Ratio," said Bo, pausing suddenly, "what is that I hear +scurrying through the bushes every now and then?"</p> + +<p>"Friends of mine, likely."</p> + +<p>"Friends! What friends?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, everything, most. Wild cats, wolves, foxes and a few +wild bears, maybe."</p> + +<p>"Wildcats! Bears! Wolves!"</p> + +<p>"Why, yes. Often when I play in the moonlight they come +out and dance for me."</p> + +<p>"Oh!" said Bo.</p> + +<p>"I have them all dancing together, sometimes. I'll have +them dance for you before long."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Ratio, will you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes. It's a lot of fun, but there's no money in it, and +that's what we're after now, Bo. We're going to buy that +swamp, you remember, and start that bear colony."</p> + +<p>Bosephus was about to reply when Horatio paused and listened. +There was the distant sound of dogs barking.</p> + +<p>"Hello!" said Bo. "We're coming to somewhere. Now +we'll give our first regular performance. Come on, Ratio!"</p> + +<p>Horatio hesitated.</p> + +<p>"How many dogs do you suppose there are, Bo?" he asked +anxiously.</p> + +<p>"About a dozen, I should think, big and little."</p> + +<p>"Little dogs, Bo? Little snapping dogs?"</p> + +<p>"That's what it sounds like, and some hounds and a big dog +or two. You don't mind dogs, do you?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i014.jpg" width="450" height="411" alt=""HELLO!" SAID BO, "WE'RE COMING TO SOMEWHERE."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"HELLO!" SAID BO, "WE'RE COMING TO SOMEWHERE."</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Oh, no, not in the least—but it's most too soon after +breakfast to give a performance, and besides, all that noise +would spoil the music."</p> + +<p>But the little boy, who still had in his pocket the two candy +hearts that had been given to him by the Todd girls, walked +ahead proudly.</p> + +<p>"You trust to me!" he said, flourishing a large stick. "I'll +stop their noise pretty quick. I'm not afraid of dogs!"</p> + +<p>The Bear followed some steps behind, looking ahead warily.</p> + +<p>"I'm not afraid, either, you know," he said, anxiously. +"Only when there are so many of them they get me mixed up +on my notes and one of them once had the ill manners to nip +quite a piece out of my left hind leg."</p> + +<p>Presently they came into an open space and plump upon a +little crossroads village. A gang of dogs gambolled upon the +common, chasing stray geese and barking loudly. Horatio +paused.</p> + +<p>"Come back, Bo," he whispered. "There's no money in +that crowd."</p> + +<p>But Bosephus was already some distance ahead, stick in +hand, and the dogs had spied him. They ceased barking for a +moment and two or three of the larger ones ran away. Then +the little dogs began yelping again and came on in a swarm. Bo +made at them with his stick, but they dodged past him, and in +a moment more were circling and snapping around Horatio, +who was waving his violin wildly with one paw and slapping like +a man killing mosquitoes with the other.</p> + +<p>"Quick, Bo!" he shouted. "Quick! Help! Murder!"</p> + +<p>The little boy wanted to laugh, but ran up instead and began +striking among the bevy of dogs that were torturing his +friend. Some of them howled and ran off a few paces. Then +they came flocking back. Suddenly Horatio thrust his violin<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span> +into Bo's hand and ran swiftly toward a large tree a few yards +distant. The curs followed and jumped high into the air after +him as he scrambled up to the lower limbs.</p> + +<p>Bosephus hurried after them and struck at them so fiercely +with his club that they ran yelping away. A number of villagers, +attracted by the commotion, were now appearing from all +quarters.</p> + +<p>"Here come the people, Ratio," said Bo, grinning. "Now +we can perform."</p> + +<p>"All right, Bo," whispered the Bear, "but if you'll kindly hand +me up that fiddle I believe I'll perform right where I am."</p> + +<p>The boy passed up the violin and the Bear struck a few +notes. By this time the people had collected. There was a +blacksmith with a leather apron, and a painter with all colors +of paint on his clothes. Behind them there came a woman +with dough on her hands and another carrying a baby. Other +men and women followed in the procession, and a dozen or so +children of all ages. They halted a little way from the tree and +stood staring. Horatio sat astride a big limb and commenced +playing. Suddenly the boy threw back his head and began to +sing:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, the dogs barked loud and the dogs barked low<br /> +And the boy stood still and the Bear climbed the tree,<br /> +At an Old Black Bear and a boy named Bo.<br /> +While the people came a-running to see what they could see."<br /> +</div> + +<p>The children drew up close at the first line and held their +breath to listen. As the boy paused they shouted and screamed +with laughter at the sight of Horatio fiddling in the forks of +the tree. The dogs sat in a row and howled plaintively.</p> + +<p>"Sing some more," cried the woman with the baby; "it +amuses my little Joey."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 335px;"> +<img src="images/i015.jpg" width="335" height="500" alt="BOSEPHUS HURRIED AFTER THEM AND STRUCK AT THEM." title="" /> +<span class="caption">BOSEPHUS HURRIED AFTER THEM AND STRUCK AT THEM.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Yes, the people came to see them and the dogs they ran away,<br /> +And the boy began to sing and the Bear began to play,<br /> +Till it tickled all the children and it made the baby crow,<br /> +And it set the people dancing till they jumped—Jim—Crow."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"More! more!" shouted the people as they formed into +cotillons and reels. "Sing us some more!"</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, the ridy-diddle-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle,<br /> +And the singing of Bosephus they had never heard before;<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And it set them all to spinning, and the music was so winning<br /> +That they wined them and they dined them until half past four!"<br /> +</div> + +<p>"Wait! wait!" called the woman with the baby under her +arm, "I'm all out of breath."</p> + +<p>"No, no!" shouted the children and all the others. "Go on! +Go on!"</p> + +<p>So once more and yet another time the unwearied musicians +repeated their performance, and then Bo politely passed +his hat to the dancers. When he had been to each one his hat +was heavy with some money and many useful articles.</p> + +<p>"Bring your Bear down out of the tree," said the blacksmith, +"and we will give you a feast on the common."</p> + +<p>Bo beckoned to Horatio to climb down, but the big fellow +hesitated.</p> + +<p>The temptation of a feast, however, was too much for him.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 317px;"> +<img src="images/i016.jpg" width="317" height="450" alt="ONCE MORE AND YET ANOTHER TIME." title="" /> +<span class="caption">ONCE MORE AND YET ANOTHER TIME.</span> +</div> + +<p>That night, when they had both danced again for the people +and Horatio had given them an acrobatic exhibition, they +strolled away through the evening loaded down with luxuries of +all kinds. The villagers went with them to the outskirts, and +called good luck after them. As they passed into the quiet<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span> +shadows of the forest they once more heard the barking of dogs +in the distance behind them.</p> + +<p>"We have had a good day, Bosephus," said Horatio, with a +long sigh of satisfaction. "We are on the road to fortune. To +be sure, there are little thorns along the way—"</p> + +<p>"Dogs, for instance—and guns."</p> + +<p>"Trifles, Bosephus; trifles. Don't give them a second +thought. Of course you are only a little boy as yet, and will +outgrow these fears."</p> + +<p>"And learn to climb trees."</p> + +<p>"I hope you don't think I climbed that tree out of fear, Bosephus. +I merely went up there to get a better view of my audience. +One should always rise above his audience. And now +let us sing softly together as we go. It will rest us after our day +of conquest."</p> + +<p>And touching the strings lightly and singing softly together, +the friends sought leisurely their evening camp. Here +and there a light rustle in the bushes showed that the forest people +were listening, and the leaves of the forest whispered in time +to their melody.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2> + +<h3>THE DANCE OF THE FOREST PEOPLE</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh! the night was warm and the moon was bright,<br /> +And we pitched our camp in the pale moonlight;<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +In the pale moonlight and the green, green shade,<br /> +And we counted up together all the money we had made."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>THE little boy jingled the coins in his hands, and sang +reflectively to the Bear's soft music. Their camp fire +had died down to a few red embers, and the big moon +hanging in the tree-tops made all the world white and +black, with one bright splash in the brook below. They had finished +their supper, and Bosephus, with the needle and thread +given to him by old Mis' Todd, had patiently mended by the firelight +a small rent in his trouser leg. Horatio, watching him +with a grin, had finally remarked:—</div> + +<p>"You see, Bo, if you wore clothes like mine you wouldn't +have to do that."</p> + +<p>"And if the dog that did that had got his teeth into your +clothes, you'd have wished they were like mine. Maybe that's +why you didn't give him a chance."</p> + +<p>"Let's count the money, Bo."</p> + +<p>So then they counted up their day's receipts. There was +something more than a dollar in all, and Horatio was much +pleased.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/i018.jpg" width="400" height="455" alt="THEIR CAMP-FIRE HAD DIED DOWN." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THEIR CAMP-FIRE HAD DIED DOWN.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I tell you, Bo," he said excitedly, "we've made a fine start. +By and by we will earn two or three times that much every day, +and be able to start our bear colony before you know it."</p> + +<p>The little boy fondled the coins over and over. They were +the first he had ever earned.</p> + +<p>"Ratio," he said at last, "don't you suppose when we get a +lot of money—a big lot, I mean—we might give some to those +people I used to live with?"</p> + +<p>Horatio scowled.</p> + +<p>"I thought you said they didn't treat you well and you had +to run away."</p> + +<p>"Yes, of course, Ratio; but then they were so poor and maybe +they'd have been better to me if I had been able to earn money +for them. They did take me out of the poor house, you know, +and—"</p> + +<p>"And you tried to get back again and got lost and fell in +with me. Now you are sorry and want to go to them, do you?" +and the Bear snorted so fiercely that the little boy trembled.</p> + +<p>"Oh, no! Not for the world! I never was so happy in all +my life, only I just thought—"</p> + +<p>"Then don't think, Bo," interrupted Horatio, gently. "You +are only a little boy. I will do the thinking for this firm. Now +for a song, Bo, to soothe us."</p> + +<p>So then they played and sang softly together while the +moon rose and the fire died out, and the boy poured the money +from hand to hand, lovingly.</p> + +<p>"Bosephus," said his companion, as they paused, "were +those people you lived with nice people? Nice fat people, I +mean?"</p> + +<p>"Not very. Old Mr. Sugget might have been pretty fat +if he'd had more to eat, but Mis' Sugget wasn't made to get +fat, I know. It wasn't her build."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p> + +<p>"It was the old man that abused you, wasn't it?"</p> + +<p>"Well, mostly."</p> + +<p>"Knocked you about and half starved you?"</p> + +<p>"Sometimes, but then——"</p> + +<p>"Wait, please. I have an idea. When we get our bear colony +started we'll invite this Sugget party to visit us. We'll feed +him—all he can eat. By and by, when he gets fat—how long +do you suppose it will take him to get fat, Bo? Fat enough, I +mean?"</p> + +<p>"Fat enough for what?" shivered Bo.</p> + +<p>Horatio drew the horsehair briskly across the strings and +looked up at the moon.</p> + +<p>"Fat enough to be entertaining," he grinned, and began +singing:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was an old man and his ways were mighty mean,<br /> +And he wasn't very fat and he wasn't very lean,<br /> +Till he went to pay a visit to a colony of bears,<br /> +Then you couldn't find a nicer man than he was, anywheres."<br /> +</div> + +<p>While the Bear played the little boy had been watching a +slim, moving shadow that seemed to have drifted out from +among the heavier shadows into the half-lit open space in front +of them. As the music ceased it drifted back again.</p> + +<p>"Play some more, Ratio," he whispered.</p> + +<p>Again the Bear played and again the slim shadow appeared +in the moonlight and presently another and another. Some of +them were slender and graceful; some of them heavier and +slower of movement. As the music continued they swung into a +half circle and drew closer. Now and then the boy caught a +glimpse of two shining sparks that kept time and movement +with each. He could hardly breathe in his excitement.</p> + +<p>"Look there, Ratio," he whispered.</p> + +<p>Horatio did not stir.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Sh-h!" he said softly. "My friends—the forest people."</p> + +<p>The Bear slackened the music a little as he spoke and +the shadows wavered and drew away. Then he livened the +strain and they trooped forward again eagerly.</p> + +<p>Just then the moon swung clear of the thick trees and the +dancers were in its full flood. The boy watched them with +trembling eagerness.</p> + +<p>A tall, catlike creature, erect and graceful, swayed like a +phantom in and out among the others, and seemed to lead. As +it came directly in front of the musicians it turned full front +toward them. It was an immense gray panther.</p> + +<p>At any other time Bo would have screamed. Now he was +only fascinated. Its step was perfect and its long tail waved behind +it, like a silver plume, which the others followed. Two red +foxes kept pace with it. Two gray ones, a little to one side, +imitated their movements. In the background a family of three +bears danced so awkwardly that Bo was inclined to laugh.</p> + +<p>"We will teach them to do better than that when we get +our colony," he said.</p> + +<p>Horatio nodded without pausing. The dancers separated, +each group to itself, the gray panther in the foreground. Spellbound, +the boy watched the beautiful swaying creature. He +had been taught to fear the "painter," as it was called in Arkansaw, +but he had no fear now. He almost felt that he must +himself step out into that enchanted circle and join in the weird +dance.</p> + +<p>New arrivals stole constantly out of the darkness to mingle +in the merrymaking. A little way apart a group of rabbits +skipped wildly together, while near them a party of capering +wolves had forgotten their taste for blood. Two plump 'coons +and a heavy bodied 'possum, after trying in vain to keep up with +the others, were content to sit side by side and look on. Other<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span> +friends, some of whom the boy did not know, slipped out into +the magic circle, and, after watching the others for a moment, +leaped madly into the revel. The instinct of the old days had +claimed them when the wild beasts of the forest and the wood +nymphs trod measures to the pipes of Pan. The boy leaned +close to the player.</p> + +<p>"The rest of it!" he whispered. "Play the rest of it!"</p> + +<p>"I am afraid. They have never heard it before."</p> + +<p>"Play it! Play it!" commanded Bo, excitedly.</p> + +<p>There was a short, sharp pause at the end of the next bar, +then a sudden wild dash into the second half of the tune. The +prancing animals stopped as if by magic. For an instant they +stood motionless, staring with eyes like coals. Then came a +great rush forward, the gray panther at the head. The boy saw +them coming, but could not move.</p> + +<p>"Sing!" shouted Horatio; "sing!"</p> + +<p>For a second the words refused to come. Then they flooded +forth in the moonlight. Bo could sing, and he had never +sung as he did now.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, our singing, yes our singing, all our friends to us 'tis bringing,<br /> +For it sets the woods to ringing, and the forest people know<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +That we do not mean to harm them in their dancing, nor alarm them—<br /> +We are seeking but to charm them with the sounds of long ago."<br /><br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i020.jpg" width="500" height="341" alt="THE INSTINCT OF THE OLD DAYS HAD CLAIMED THEM." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE INSTINCT OF THE OLD DAYS HAD CLAIMED THEM.</span> +</div> + +<p>At the first notes of the boy's clear voice the animals hesitated; +then they crept up slowly and gathered about to listen. +They did not resume dancing to this new strain. Perhaps they +wanted to learn it first. Bo sang on and on. The listening audience<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span> +never moved. Then Horatio played very softly, and the +singer lowered his voice until it became like a far off echo. +When Bo sang like this he often closed his eyes. He did so now.</p> + +<p>The music sank lower and lower, until it died away in a +whisper. The boy ceased singing and opening his eyes gazed +about him. Here and there he imagined he heard a slight rustle +in the leaves, but the gray panther was gone. The frisking rabbits +and the capering wolves had vanished. The red and gray +foxes, the awkward bears and the rest of that frolicking throng +had melted back into the shadows. So far as he could peer into +the dim forest he was alone with his faithful friend.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER V</h2> + +<h3>GOOD-BYE TO ARKANSAW</h3> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, the wind blows cold and the wind blows raw,<br /> +When the night comes on in the Arkansaw—<br /> +Yes, the wind blows cold and the snow will fall.<br /> +And Bosephus and Horatio must travel through it all."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>THE little boy's voice quavered as he sang, and his +teeth chattered. It had been more than two months +since he started on his travels with Horatio, and the +October nights, even in southern Arkansaw, were beginning +to be chilly. The night before he had in some way got +separated from his friend's warm furry coat and woke shivering. +He kindled a fire now, singing as he worked, while Horatio +touched the chords of his violin pensively. He did not feel the +cold. Nature was providing him with his winter furs.</div> + +<p>"Bo," he said presently, "you'll have to have some heavier +clothes. Either that or we'll have to go farther South. As for +me, you know, I could go to sleep in a hollow tree and not mind +the winter, but you couldn't do it, and I don't intend to, either, +this year; we're making too much money for that."</p> + +<p>Bo laughed in spite of the cold and jingled his pockets. +They were more than half full of coin, and he had a good roll of +bills in his jacket besides.</p> + +<p>"No," he said; "we are getting along too well. We'll be +rich by spring if we keep right on. I'm thinking, though, that +we'll never be able to get South fast enough if we walk."</p> + +<p>"Look here, Bo; you're not thinking about putting me on +that cyclone thing they call a train, are you?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Well, not exactly, but yesterday where we performed I +heard a fellow say that there was a river right close here, and +steamboats. You wouldn't mind a steamboat, would you, +Ratio?"</p> + +<p>"Of course not. I don't mind anything. I've always +wanted to ride on one of those trains, only I knew the people +would be frightened at me, and as for a steamboat, why, if I +should meet a steamboat coming down the road—"</p> + +<p>"But steamboats don't come down the roads, Ratio; they +go on the water."</p> + +<p>"Water! Water that you drink, and drown things in?"</p> + +<p>"Of course! And if the boat goes down we'll be drowned, +too."</p> + +<p>Horatio struck a few notes on the violin before replying.</p> + +<p>"Bo," he said presently, "you're a friend of mine, aren't you? +A true friend?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, Ratio, you know I am."</p> + +<p>"Well, then, don't you go on one of those boats. It would +grieve me terribly if anything should happen to you. I might +not be able to save you, Bo, and then think how lonely I should +be." And Horatio put one paw to his eyes and sobbed.</p> + +<p>"Oh, pshaw, Ratio! Why, I can swim like everything. +I'm not afraid."</p> + +<p>"But you couldn't save us both, Bo—I mean, we both +couldn't save the fiddle—it would get wet. Think—think of +the fiddle, Bo!"</p> + +<p>The fire was burning brightly by this time and the little +boy was getting warm. He laughed and rubbed his hands +and began to sing:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, we're going down the river on a great big boat,<br /> +And Horatio's so excited he can hardly play a note,<br /> +For he never liked the water and he never learned to swim,<br /> +And he thinks if he goes sailing now his chances will be slim."<br /></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p> + +<p>Horatio stopped short and snorted angrily.</p> + +<p>"I want you to understand," he said, sharply, "that I'm +not afraid of anything. You'll please remember that night +when the forest people danced and you thought your time had +come, how I saved you by making you sing. There's nothing +I fear. Why if—"</p> + +<p>But what Horatio was about to say will never be known, +for at that moment there came such a frightful noise as neither +of them had ever heard before. It came from everywhere at +once, and seemed to fill all the sky and set the earth to trembling. +It was followed by two or three fierce snorts and a dazzling +gleam of light through the trees. The little boy was startled, +and as for the Bear, he gave one wild look and fled. In his +fright he did not notice a small shrub, and, tripping over it, he +fell headlong into a clump of briars, where he lay, groaning dismally +that he was killed and that the world was coming to an +end.</p> + +<p>Suddenly Bosephus gave a shout of laughter.</p> + +<p>"Get up, Ratio," he called, "it's our steamboat! We're right +near the river and didn't know it. They're landing, too, and we +can go right aboard."</p> + +<p>The groaning ceased and there was a labored movement +among the briars.</p> + +<p>Presently Horatio crept out, very much crestfallen, and +picked up the violin, which in his haste he had dropped.</p> + +<p>"Bo," he said, sheepishly, "I never told you about it before, +but I am subject to fits. I had one just then. They come on +suddenly that way. All my family have them and act strangely +at times. I'm sure you don't think for a moment that I was +frightened just now."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 420px;"> +<img src="images/i021.jpg" width="420" height="500" alt="HE FELL HEADLONG." title="" /> +<span class="caption">HE FELL HEADLONG.</span> +</div> + +<p>"Oh, no, of course not. You merely picked out that briar +patch as a good place to have a fit in. Do you always think the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span> +world's coming to an end when you are taken that way?"</p> + +<p>"We'll go right aboard, Bo; you are a little timid, no doubt, +so I'll lead the way." And Horatio stepped out briskly toward +the lights and voices and the landing steamer.</p> + +<p>A few steps brought them out to the river bank and a full +view of the boat that had crept silently around a bend to the +woodyard, where it was halting to take on fuel. The gang plank +had not been pushed out to the bank as yet, but a white ray of +light shot from a small window to the dark shore and looked +exactly like a narrow board. The boy and the Bear were both +deceived by it, and Horatio in his eagerness to show his bravery +did not pause to investigate.</p> + +<p>"Take the fiddle, Bo," he said, loftily, "and I'll show you +how to get on a boat. You should always be brave, Bosephus."</p> + +<p>Bosephus took the instrument and Horatio, with arms extended +as a balance, stepped straight out into nothing and vanished. +There was a sudden splash, a growl, a scrambling sound +in the shallow water and Horatio's head appeared above the +bank. Bosephus, at first frightened, was now doubled with +laughter.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Ratio," he gasped, "how funny of you to try to walk +on a moonbeam!"</p> + +<p>Horatio shook himself and sniffed angrily. A wide gang +plank was now being lowered from the boat, and as it touched +the bank the boy stepped quickly aboard, followed by the wet, +shambling Bear.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was an Old Bear on a dark, dark night,<br /> +Who tried to walk on a beam of light,"<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>sang Bo, as he crossed the plank,</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"But the beam wouldn't hold and the Bear broke through,<br /> +And now Horatio follows, as Horatio ought to do."<br /></div><p> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Hello!" called a voice. "Where did you come from?"</p> + +<p>Bo looked up and saw a brawny man with a group of wondering +negroes behind him.</p> + +<p>"We are travelling," said Bo, "and we want to go down the +river. We can pay our way and will make music for you, too."</p> + +<p>"Good boy," said the mate. "Go right up and report to the +clerk, then come back down here, and after we get this wood +loaded we'll give you some supper and you can give us a show."</p> + +<p>On the upper deck the few passengers gathered around +and made much of the arrivals. All asked questions at once, +and Bo answered as best he could. Horatio kept silent—he +never talked except when he was alone with Bo. The boy kept +his hand on the Bear's head, and when the boat backed away +and puffed down stream he felt his big friend tremble, but a little +later, when they had had a good supper, Ratio's fear passed +off, and on the lower deck, where all hands collected, the friends +gave an entertainment that not only won for them free passage +down the river, but a good collection besides. It was far in the +night when the performance ended. The officers, passengers +and crew kept calling for more, and the travellers were anxious +to accommodate them. The negroes went wild over the music, +and patted and danced crazily whenever Horatio played. Finally +Bo sang a good night song:—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +"Now, we've had a lot of music, and we've had some supper, too,<br /> +And we're sailing down the river in a little steam canoe,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And we love to be obliging with our music, but it seems<br /> +That we ought to go a-sailing to the land of pleasant dreams.<br /><br /></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i023.jpg" width="450" height="369" alt="THE NEGROES WENT WILD OVER THE MUSIC." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE NEGROES WENT WILD OVER THE MUSIC.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i024.jpg" width="450" height="426" alt="THE LITTLE BOY WAS IN THE LAND OF DREAMS." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE LITTLE BOY WAS IN THE LAND OF DREAMS.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And I must not fail to mention we enjoy your kind attention,<br /> +And the favors you have shown to us have filled us with delight,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And to-morrow we will play for you and sing our songs so gay for you,<br /> +But now you will excuse us if we say—good—night."<br /> +</div> + +<p>Bosephus and Horatio were both offered staterooms on +the upper deck, but Horatio preferred to sleep outside, and the +little boy said he would sleep there also. Horatio sat up for +some moments after Bo had stretched himself to rest, looking +at the dark wooded banks and the starlight on the water behind +them.</p> + +<p>"Bo," he said, at last, "we are going to see the world now, +sure enough."</p> + +<p>"Yes, Ratio," was the sleepy answer.</p> + +<p>"Bo, do you suppose our camp fire is still burning back +yonder?"</p> + +<p>No answer.</p> + +<p>"I hate to leave old Arkansaw, don't you, Bo?"</p> + +<p>But the little boy was in the land of dreams.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2> + +<h3>AN EXCITING RACE</h3> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Sailing down the river so early in the morn,<br /> +Sailing down the river so early in the morn,<br /> +Sailing down the river so early in the morn,<br /> +Never was so happy since the day that I was born."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>THE boat on which Horatio and Bosephus had taken +their passage made no landings during the night, and +the little boy and the big Bear slept soundly on the +deck together. Rather too soundly, as will be seen +later. At daybreak the next morning Bosephus was wide awake, +singing softly and watching through the mist the queer forms +of the cypress trees, with the long Spanish moss swinging from +the limbs. Horatio, hearing the singing, rubbed his eyes and +sat up. He had never been so far South before, so the scenery +was new to both of them, and when they came to open spaces +and saw that the shores were only a few inches higher than the +river and that fields of waving green came right to the water's +edge they were both pleased and surprised at this new world. +The climate had changed, too, and the air was warm and spring-like.</div> + +<p>"I tell you, Bo," said Horatio grandly, "there's nothing like +travel. You're a lucky boy, Bo, to fall in with me. Why, the +way you've come out in the last few months is wonderful. Of +course, there is a good deal of room yet for improvement, and +there are still some things that you are rather timid of, but when +I remember how you looked the first minute I saw you, and +then to see the sociable way you sit up and talk to me now, you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span> +really don't seem like the same boy, Bosephus, you really don't."</p> + +<p>The little boy leaned up close to his companion.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo,"<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>he sang softly, remembering their first meeting.</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Went out into the woods when the moon was low,"<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>added the Bear, strumming lightly the strings of the violin.</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"And he met an Old Bear that was hungry for a snack,<br /> +And the folks are still awaiting for Bosephus to come back."<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>they continued together in a half whisper.</div> + +<p>"Ratio," said the little boy, confidentially, "did you really +intend to—to have me—you know, Ratio—for—for supper until +I taught you the tune? Did you, Ratio?"</p> + +<p>Horatio gazed away across a broad cane field, where the +first streak of sunrise was beginning to show.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"For the boy became the teacher of the kind and gentle creature<br /> +Who could play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way,"<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>he sang dreamily, and then both together once more:—</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Now he'll never, never leave him, and he'll never, never grieve him,<br /> +And we're singing here together at the break—of—day."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"This is very pleasant travelling," commented Horatio +thoughtfully. "It beats walking, at least for speed and comfort. +Of course, there are a number of places we cannot reach +by boat," he added, regretfully.</p> + +<p>"Not in Southern Louisiana, Ratio. I've heard that there's +a regular tangle of rivers and bayous all over the country, and +that boats go everywhere."</p> + +<p>Horatio looked pleased.</p> + +<p>"Aren't you glad now, Bo," he said proudly, "that I proposed +this boat business? I have always wanted to travel this +way. I was afraid at first that you might not take to it very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span> +well, and when that whistle blew last night I could see that +you were frightened. It was unfortunate that I should have had +a fit just then or I might have calmed you. You saw how anxious +I was to go aboard. Of course, in being over brave I made +a slight mistake. I am always that way. All my family are. +One really ought to be less reckless about some things, but +somehow none of my family ever knew what fear was. We——"</p> + +<p>But just then the boat concluded to land, and the morning +stillness was torn into shreds by its frightful whistle. Horatio +threw up both hands and fell backward on the deck, where +he lay pawing the air wildly. Then he stuffed his paws into his +ears and howled as he kicked with his hind feet. Bo stood over +him and shouted that there was no danger, but his voice made +no sound in that awful thunder. All at once Horatio sprang +up and jammed his head under Bo's arm, trembling like a jellyfish. +Then the noise stopped, and with one or two more hoarse +shouts ceased entirely.</p> + +<p>"It's all right, Ratio, come out!" said Bo, trying to stop +laughing.</p> + +<p>Horatio felt of his ears a moment to see that they were +still there, while he looked skittishly in the direction of the +dreadful whistle and started violently at the quick snorts of the +escaping steam.</p> + +<p>"Bo," he said faintly, "do all boats do that?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes! Some worse than others. This one isn't very +bad."</p> + +<p>"I'm sorry, Bo, for it is a great drawback to travel where +one is subject to fits as I am. It seems to bring them on. And +it is not kind of you to laugh at my affliction, either, Bosephus," +he added, for Bo had dropped down on the deck, where he was +rolling and holding his sides.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/i026.jpg" width="400" height="338" alt="HE STUFFED HIS PAWS INTO HIS EARS." title="" /> +<span class="caption">HE STUFFED HIS PAWS INTO HIS EARS.</span> +</div> + +<p>All at once the boy lay perfectly still. Then he sprang up<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> +with every bit of laugh gone out of his face. His left hand +grasped the outside of his jacket, while with his right hand he +dived down into the inside pocket like mad. The Bear watched +him anxiously.</p> + +<p>"What is it, Bo? Have you got one, too?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Horatio!" gasped the boy. "Our money! It's gone!"</p> + +<p>"Gone! Gone! Where?"</p> + +<p>"Stolen. Some of those niggers did it while we were +asleep!"</p> + +<p>The Bear reflected a moment. Then he said thoughtfully:—</p> + +<p>"Do you suppose, Bo, it was that nice fat one?"</p> + +<p>"I shouldn't wonder a bit. I saw him watch every penny +I took in last night."</p> + +<p>Horatio licked out his tongue eagerly.</p> + +<p>"Could I have him if it was?" he asked hungrily.</p> + +<p>"Have him! How?" said Bo. Then he shuddered. "Oh! no, +not that way—of course not. But I'll tell you, Ratio," he added, +"we'll make him believe that you can, and frighten him into +giving up the money."</p> + +<p>Horatio frowned.</p> + +<p>"I don't like make-believes," he grumbled. "Can't we let +the money go this time and not have any make-believe?"</p> + +<p>"Not much—we want that money right now, before the +boat lands; then we'll go ashore and get out of such a crowd. +Come, Ratio."</p> + +<p>No one was stirring on the upper deck as yet, but the crew +was collected below where the second mate was shouting orders +as the boat swung slowly into the bank. They boy and Bear +dashed down the stairs.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 462px;"> +<img src="images/i027.jpg" width="462" height="500" alt=""OUR MONEY! IT IS GONE!"" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"OUR MONEY! IT IS GONE!"</span> +</div> + +<p>"Wait!" shouted Bo to the officer. "Somebody on this +boat last night stole our money, and I want my Bear to find<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span> +him. It won't take but a minute, for he can tell a thief at sight +when he's mad and hungry, and he's mad now, and hungry for +dark meat!" The boy looked straight into the crowd of negroes, +while the Bear growled fiercely and fixed his eye on the fat +darky.</p> + +<p>The crew fell back and the fat darky with a howl started to +run.</p> + +<p>"That's the one! That's the thief!" shouted Bo, and with +a snarl Horatio bounded away in pursuit. Down the narrow +gangway to the stern of the boat, then in a circle around a lot of +cotton, they ran like mad, the Bear getting closer to the negro +every minute. Then back again to the bow in a straight stretch, +the thief blue with fright and Horatio's eyes shining with +hungry anticipation. The rest of the crew looked on and +cheered. Suddenly, as the fat darky passed Bo, he jerked a +sack from his pocket and flung it behind him.</p> + +<p>"Dar's yo' money! Dar's yo' money!" he shouted. "Call +off yo' B'ar!"</p> + +<p>But that was not so easy. Bosephus shouted frantically at +Horatio, but he did not seem to hear. His blood was up, and +his taste for dark meat was stronger than his love of money. +As the two came clattering around the second time he was so +close to his prey that with a quick swipe he got quite a piece of +his shirt. With a wild yell the fat fugitive leaped over into the +river and struck out for shore.</p> + +<p>Horatio paused. His half open jaws were dripping and his +eyes red and fiery with disappointment. Bo went up to him +gently.</p> + +<p>"Come, Ratio," he whispered.</p> + +<p>The Bear paid no heed. He was watching his escaped prey, +who had reached the shore and was disappearing in a great +canefield.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i028.jpg" width="500" height="308" alt="THE FAT FUGITIVE LEAPED OVER INTO THE RIVER." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE FAT FUGITIVE LEAPED OVER INTO THE RIVER.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Come!" Bo whispered again. "We'll go ashore, too."</p> + +<p>Horatio wheeled eagerly. The gangplank was being lowered, +and he hurried Bo out on it, so that when it touched the +bank he was all ready to give chase again.</p> + +<p>"No, wait; some music first," said Bo. "I have thought of +some new lines for the second part of the tune."</p> + +<p>For a moment Horatio hesitated. Then the temptation +of the music was stronger even than his appetite, and, throwing +his violin into position, he began to play. The passengers, +roused by the excitement, had gathered on the upper deck. +The crew coming ashore below paused to listen.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh! there was a fat darky with an appetite for wealth,<br /> +And the only way to get it was to capture it by stealth,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +But when it came to keep it, his chances were so small,<br /> +He concluded that he really didn't care for it at all.<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +For we placed him and we faced him, and my bear Horatio chased him—<br /> +In a manner most surprising he pursued him to and fro—<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And we hope we do not grieve you, but we feel that we must leave you,<br /> +For the Southern sun is rising, and we're bound—to—go."<br /> +</div> + +<p>The crew cheered and the passengers on the upper deck +shouted and waved their handkerchiefs.</p> + +<p>"Don't go!" they called. "Don't leave us!" But the friends +turned their faces to the East and set out on a broad white road +that led away to the sunrise.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2> + +<h3>HORATIO'S MOONLIGHT ADVENTURE</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem'> +"Rooster in de chicken coop crowin' foh day,<br /> +Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay!'<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem'> +Ducks in de yard goin' 'Quack, quack, quack!'<br /> +Guineas in de tree tops goin' 'Rack-pot-rack!'"<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>DURING the two weeks since they had come to the land +of sugar-cane Horatio and Bosephus had learned some +of the old negro songs of Louisiana and sang them to +their own music. They were doing so now as they +marched along the bank of a quiet bayou, where the blue grass +came to the water's edge and the long Spanish moss from big +live oak trees swung down twenty feet or more till it almost +touched the water. They had had a good day and were going +to camp.</div> + +<p>"Bo," said the Bear presently, "we are doing well. We are +making money, Bo."</p> + +<p>"Fifty dollars since we left the boat," said the little boy.</p> + +<p>"These fat babies—little darky babies—are very amusing, +too, Bosephus, don't you think so?" Horatio added, nodding in +the direction of some they were just then passing.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 352px;"> +<img src="images/i031.jpg" width="352" height="450" alt=""THESE LITTLE DARKEY BABIES ARE VERY—AMUSING."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"THESE LITTLE DARKEY BABIES ARE VERY—AMUSING."</span> +</div> + +<p>"I notice that you think so," said Bo, dryly. "If you'll take +my advice, though, you won't show any special fondness for +them. People might not understand your ways, you know, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span> +besides," he added, with a grin, "I've heard say these darkies +down here are mighty fond of bear meat, and there's such a lot +of them——"</p> + +<p>"Don't you mention it, Bo; I never dreamed of such a thing +as you are hinting at."</p> + +<p>"Well, you said you were dreaming yesterday when we met +that little darky boy, and you nearly tore the jacket off of him +before I could wake you up with a club."</p> + +<p>Horatio drew his bow hastily across the strings and began +singing—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem'> +"Keemo, kimo, kilgo, kayro,<br /> +Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay!'<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem'> +Rop strop, periwinkle, little yaller nigger,<br /> +Cum a rop strop bottle till the break of day."<br /> +</div> + +<p>The sun was just setting behind a large, white, old fashioned +sugar house, where the bayou turned, and made it look +like an ancient castle. The little boy sighed. He had never +believed that any country could be so beautiful as this, and he +wanted to stay in it forever. Horatio liked it, too. They had +played and danced at many of the sugar houses, and the Bear had +been given everywhere all the waste sugar he could eat. He +was fond of the green cane also, and was nearly always chewing +a piece when they were not busy with a performance. But the +big fellow had never quite overcome his old savage nature, and +the race on the steamboat had roused it more fiercely than ever. +The fat pickaninnies were a constant temptation to him, and it +had taken all Bo's watchfulness to keep him out of dreadful +mischief. Bo never feared for himself. Horatio loved him and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span> +had even become afraid of him. It was for Horatio that he +feared, for he knew that death would be sure and swift if one of +the pickaninnies was even so much as scratched, not to mention +anything worse that might happen. Again the little boy +sighed as they turned into a clean grassy place and made ready +for camp.</p> + +<p>Long after Bosephus was asleep Horatio sat by the dying +camp fire, thinking. By and by he rose and walked out to the +bank of the bayou and looked toward the sugar house that lay +white in the moonlight, half a mile away. Then he went back +to where Bo was asleep and picked up the violin. Then he laid +it down again, as though he had changed his mind, and slipped +away through the shadows in the direction of the old sugar +house. He said to himself that, as they were going in that direction +and would stop there next day, he might as well see how +the road went and what kind of a place it was. He did not own, +even to himself, that it was the negro cabins and fat pickaninnies +that were in his mind, and that down in his heart was a wicked +and savage purpose. Every little way he paused and seemed +about to turn back, but he kept on. By and by he drew near +the sugar house and saw the double row of whitewashed huts in +the moonlight. It was later than he had supposed and the +crowds of little darkies that were usually playing outside had +gone to bed. He sighed and was about to turn back when suddenly +he saw something capering about near the shed of the +sugar house. He slipped up nearer and a fierce light came into +his eyes. It was a little negro boy doing a hoo-doo dance in the +moonlight.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 310px;"> +<img src="images/i033.jpg" width="310" height="475" alt="HE SLIPPED AWAY THROUGH THE SHADOWS." title="" /> +<span class="caption">HE SLIPPED AWAY THROUGH THE SHADOWS.</span> +</div> + +<p>Suddenly the little fellow turned and saw the Bear glaring +at him. Horatio was between him and the cabins. The boy +gave one wild shriek and dashed through a small open door that +led into the blackness of the sugar house, the Bear following<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span> +close behind. It was one of the old Creole sugar houses where +the syrup is poured out into open vessels to cool and harden. +The little darky knew his way and Horatio didn't. He stumbled +and fell, and growled and tried to follow the flying shadow +that was skipping and leaping and begging, "Oh, Mars Debbil! +Oh, please, Mars Debbil, lemme go dis time, an' I nevah do so +no mo'. Nevah do no mo' hoo-doo, Mars Debbil; oh, please, +Mars Debbil, lemme go!"</p> + +<p>But Horatio was getting closer and closer and in another +moment would seize him. Then, suddenly, something happened. +The Bear stumbled and, half falling, stepped into one +of the big shallow wooden vessels. He felt his hind feet break +through something like crusted ice and sink a foot or more into +a heavy, thick substance below. When he tried to lift them +they only sank deeper. Then he knew what was the matter. +He had stepped into a mass of hardening sugar and was a prisoner! +His forefeet were free, but he dared not struggle with +them for fear of getting them fast, too. The little darky, who +thought the devil had stopped to rest, was huddled together in +a corner not daring to move. Horatio remembered Bo sleeping +safely in their camp and began to weep for his own wickedness. +In the morning men would come with axes and guns. +Why had he not heeded Bo? Half seated on the crusted sugar +he gave himself up to sorrow and despair.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>It was early morning when Bo awoke. He was surprised +to see that Horatio was not beside him, for the boy was usually +first awake. He called loudly. Then, as the moments passed +and the Bear did not come, he grew uneasy. Suddenly a terrible +suspicion flashed over him. He sprang to his feet and seizing +the violin that lay beside him set forth on a run in the direction +of the white sugar house. He knew Horatio would go<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span> +there because it was nearest, and he felt certain that something +dreadful had happened. The incident of the day before made +him almost sure of Horatio's errand, and he feared the worst. +No doubt they had caught and killed him by this time, and +what would he do now without his faithful friend?</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i034.jpg" width="500" height="383" alt="SUDDENLY THE LITTLE FELLOW TURNED." title="" /> +<span class="caption">SUDDENLY THE LITTLE FELLOW TURNED.</span> +</div> + +<p>He ran faster and faster. As he drew near the sugar house +he heard a great commotion. For a moment he stopped. If +Horatio had done something terrible and they had caught him +perhaps it would be dangerous to interfere. The next moment +he rushed on. Horatio was his friend and he would save his life +if possible, unless——. He did not think any further, but flew +on. As he dashed into the cane yard he saw crowds gathering +and men running with axes and clubs. Others had guns and +cane knives, and all were crowding toward the big doors of the +sugar house, that were now thrown open. Inside he heard +shouts, mingled with Horatio's fierce growls. His friend was +still alive.</p> + +<p>Without pausing he rushed through the doors and +saw a circle of negro men gathered about the big wooden +trough where the Bear was a prisoner, snapping and growling +and trying to get free. The little pickaninny who, in spite of +his fright, had slept all night in the corner, was there, too, and +the men with axes and other weapons had entered with Bo. +There was not a second to be lost.</p> + +<p>"Wait!" screamed Bo; "wait!" And tearing through the +astonished crowd he thrust the violin into Horatio's hands.</p> + +<p>"Play!" he shouted. "Play for your worthless life!"</p> + +<p>Horatio did not need to be told again. He reached for +the violin and bow, and sitting in the now solid sugar struck the +strings wildly.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Rooster in de chicken coop, crowin' foh day;<br /> +Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay;'<br /> +Ducks in de yard goin' 'Quack, quack, quack!'<br /> +Guineas in de tree tops, goin' 'Rack-pot-rack!'"<br /></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p> + +<p>Horatio fiddled furiously, while Bo shouted and sang and +the crowd joined in. They all knew this song, and as they sang +they forgot all else. Axes and guns and clubs were dropped as +young and old fell into the swing of the music.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Keemo, kimo, kilgo, kayro;<br /> +Fleero, fliro, flav-o-ray;<br /> +Rop strop, periwinkle, little yaller nigger,<br /> +Cum a rop strop bottle till de break—of—day!"<br /> +</div> + +<p>You could hear the noise for a mile. They danced and +shouted and sang, and work was forgotten. After a long time, +when they were tired out, Bo took one of the axes and carefully +broke the now solid sugar away from Ratio's feet and set him +free. Then they brought water and washed his hind paws and +he danced for them.</p> + +<p>After dinner, when the friends started out on their journey, +the crowd followed them for nearly a mile. When all were gone +Horatio turned to Bo and said:—</p> + +<p>"I am glad you came just as you did, Bo."</p> + +<p>"I should rather think you would be," said Bo, grimly.</p> + +<p>"Because," continued Horatio, "if you hadn't I might have +damaged some of those fellows, and I know you wouldn't have +liked that, Bosephus." He looked at the little boy very humbly +as he said this, expecting a severe lecture. But the little boy +made no reply, and down in his heart the big Bear at that moment +made a solemn and good resolve.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span></p> + +<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2> + +<h3>SWEET AND SOUR</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, we're down in the land where the jasmine blows,<br /> +And the cypress waves and the orange grows,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And the song bird nests in the climbing rose—<br /> +And all the girls are beautiful, and milk and honey flows."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>HORATIO paused in his playing and looked at Bosephus, +who was ready to sing another stanza.</div> + +<p>"Look here, Bo," he said gravely, "that sounds +very pretty and may be very good poetry and true +enough, but I wouldn't get to singing too much about jasmine +and song birds and climbing roses if I were you, and especially +girls. You are only a little boy, and besides, I can't see that +there is any difference in girls, except that some are plump and +some are not, and that isn't any difference to me, now," and the +Bear sighed and strummed on his violin gently.</p> + +<p>"Oh, pshaw, Ratio! There's lots of difference. Some girls +are yellow and sour as a lemon, while some are as pink and +sweet and blooming as a creole rose"——</p> + +<p>"Bosephus," interrupted the Bear gravely, "you've got a +touch of the swamp fever. Let me see your tongue!"</p> + +<p>Bo stuck out his tongue.</p> + +<p>"My tongue's all right," he grinned. "That kind of fever's +in the heart."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span></p> + +<p>Horatio looked alarmed.</p> + +<p>"You must take something for it right away, Bo," he declared. +"I can't have you singing silly songs about jasmine and +cypress and girls in milk and honey. You know we haven't seen +any honey since we left Arkansaw, and I'd travel all the way +back there on foot to rob one good honey tree. I'm getting +tired of so much of this stuff they call sugar and cane and the +like."</p> + +<p>"Why they have honey here, Ratio, too. I haven't seen +any bee trees, but I've seen plenty of bees. I suppose they are in +hives—boxes that people keep for them to live in."</p> + +<p>"Where do they have those boxes, Bo?"</p> + +<p>"Well, in their yards mostly; generally out by the back +fence."</p> + +<p>"Could we rob them?"</p> + +<p>"Well, I shouldn't like to try it."</p> + +<p>The Bear walked along some distance in silence. The boy +was also thinking and singing softly to himself. He was very +happy. Presently he looked up and saw just ahead, in a field +near the road, a tree loaded with oranges.</p> + +<p>"Look, Ratio!" he said. "Don't you wish we had some of +those?"</p> + +<p>The Bear looked up and began to lick out his tongue.</p> + +<p>"Climb over and get some, Bo," he said eagerly.</p> + +<p>"Not much. I haven't forgotten the roasting ears and the +watermelon we got from old man Todd in Arkansaw. We +might go to the house and ask for some.</p> + +<p>"Nonsense, Bosephus. Watch me!"</p> + +<p>He handed Bo the fiddle, and running lightly to the hedge +cleared it at a bound.</p> + +<p>"Fine!" shouted Bo.</p> + +<p>Horatio, without pausing, hurried over to the tree.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Funny they should leave those oranges so late," thought +the little boy as he watched him.</p> + +<p>Swinging himself to the first limb, the Bear shook off a +lot of the fine yellow fruit, and climbing down, gathered in +his arms all he could carry. As he did so there came a loud +barking of dogs, and without looking behind him he started to +run. He dropped a few of the oranges, but kept straight on, the +two huge dogs that had appeared getting closer and closer. As +he reached the hedge he once more made a grand leap, but the +oranges prevented him doing so well as before. His foot caught +in the top branches and he rolled over and over in the dusty road, +the oranges flying in every direction. The dogs behind the +hedge barked and raged.</p> + +<p>Horatio rose, dusty and panting, but triumphant.</p> + +<p>"You see, Bo," he said, "what it is to be brave. You can fill +your pockets now with these delicious oranges."</p> + +<p>He picked up one as he spoke, and brushing off the dust, +bit it in half cheerfully. Then Bo, who was watching him, saw a +strange thing take place. The half orange flew out of the Bear's +mouth as from a popgun, and his face became so distorted that +the boy thought his friend was having a spasm. Suddenly he +whirled, and making a rush at the fallen oranges, began to kick +them in every direction, coughing and spitting every second. +The two dogs looking over the hedge stopped barking to enjoy +the fun. One of the oranges rolled to Bo's feet. He picked it +up and smelled it. Then rubbing it on his coat he bit into it. It +was not a large bite, but it was enough. The tears rolled from +his eyes and every tooth in his head jumped. Such a mixture of +stinging sour and bitter he had never dreamed of. It grabbed +him by the throat and shook him until his bones cracked. The +top of his head seemed coming loose, and his ears fairly snapped. +Then he realized what Horatio must be suffering, and laughed in +spite of himself.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 475px;"> +<img src="images/i036.jpg" width="475" height="475" alt="FLEW OUT OF HIS MOUTH AS FROM A POP GUN." title="" /> +<span class="caption">FLEW OUT OF HIS MOUTH AS FROM A POP GUN.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p> + +<p>"They are mock oranges, Ratio," he shouted, "and they +are mocking us for stealing them!"</p> + +<p>Horatio had seated himself by the roadside and was snorting +and clawing at his tongue.</p> + +<p>"I must have some honey, Bo," he said, "to take away that +dreadful taste. You must find me some honey, Bo."</p> + +<p>"You see, Ratio," said the little boy, "it doesn't pay to take +things."</p> + +<p>"Bosephus," said the Bear, "a man who will plant a tree like +that so near the road deceives wilfully and should be punished."</p> + +<p>They walked along slowly, the two dogs barking after +them from behind the hedge.</p> + +<p>Just beyond the next bend in the road a beautiful plantation +came into view. They turned into the cane yard and immediately +the workhands surrounded them. Horatio felt better +by this time, and they began a performance. First Bo sang +and then Horatio gave a gymnastic exhibition. Then at last +Bo sang a closing verse as follows:—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Now our little show is ended, and we hope you think it splendid,<br /> +And we trust we've not offended or displeased you anywhere,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +You have paid us to be funny, and we thank you for the money,<br /> +But I'd like a little honey for the Old—Black—Bear.<br /> +</div> + +<p>Horatio smiled when he heard this, and the planter who +was listening sent one of the servants to the house. He came +out soon with a piece of fresh honey on a plate. He offered it +to Horatio, who handed Bo the violin, and seizing the plate,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span> +swallowed the honey at one gulp. This made the crowd shout +and laugh, and then Bo shook hands with the planter and said +good-bye, and all the darkies came up and wanted to shake +hands, too. When he had shaken hands all around the little boy +turned to look for Horatio. He was nowhere in sight. The +others had not noticed him slip away.</p> + +<p>Bo was troubled. When Horatio disappeared like that it +meant mischief. He had promised reform as to pickaninnies, +but Bo was never quite sure. He was about to ask the people to +run in every direction in search of his comrade when there was +a sudden commotion in the back door yard, and a moment later +a black figure dashed through the gate with something under +its arm. It was Horatio! The crowd of darkies took one look +and scattered. The thing under Horatio's arm was a square, +box looking affair, and out of it was streaming a black, living +cloud.</p> + +<p>"Bees!" shouted the people as they fled. "Bees! Bees!"</p> + +<p>Bo understood instantly. The taste of honey had made +Horatio greedy for more. He had gone in search of it and returned +with hive and all. There was a clump of tall weeds just +behind the little boy, and he dropped down into them. They hid +him from view, and none too soon, for the Bear dashed past, +snorting and striking at the swarm of stingers that not only +covered him, but fiercely attacked everything in sight. Howls +began to come from some of the hands that had failed to find +shelter in time, and Bo, peeping out between the weeds, saw +half a dozen darkies frantically trying to open the big door of +the sugar house, which had been hastily closed by those within, +while the angry bees were pelting furiously at the unfortunates.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i038.jpg" width="450" height="495" alt="THE BEAR DASHED PAST, SNORTING." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE BEAR DASHED PAST, SNORTING.</span> +</div> + +<p>As for Horatio, he was coated with bees that were trying to +sting through his thick fur. He did not mind them at first, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span> +presently they began to get near his eyes. With a snarl he +dropped the hive and began to paw and strike with both hands. +Then they swarmed about him worse than ever, and, half blinded, +he began to run around and around with no regard as to direction. +Every darky in sight fled like the wind. Some of +them ran out of the gate and down the road, and without seeing +them, perhaps, the Bear suddenly leaped the fence and set +out in the same direction. Glancing back, they saw him coming +and began to shriek and scatter into the fields.</p> + +<p>Bo waited some minutes; then, noticing that the maddened +insects were no longer buzzing viciously over him, he crept out +and followed. He still held the violin and was glad enough to +get away from the plantation. The bees had followed the fugitive, +and the boy kept far enough behind to be out of danger. +By and by he met bees coming back, but perhaps they were tired +or thought he belonged to another crowd, for they did not molest +him. A mile further on he found Horatio sitting in the road +rocking and groaning and throwing dust on himself. His eyes +and nose were swollen in great knots, and his ears were each +puffed up like little balloons. The bees had left him, but his +sorrow was at its height.</p> + +<p>"Hello, Ratio! Having fun all alone?" asked Bo as he came +up.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Bo, this has been an awful day!" was the wailing reply. +"First those terrible oranges and then these millions and +millions of murderous bees. And now I am blind, Bo, and dying. +Tell me, Bo, how do I look?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, you look all right. Your nose looks like a big potato +and your ears like two little ones. I can't tell you how your +eyes are, for they don't show, but your whole skin looks as if +it had been stuffed full of apples and put on in a hurry."</p> + +<p>"Bo," said Horatio meekly, "did you bring the fiddle?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i039.jpg" width="450" height="425" alt="HE FOUND HORATIO SITTING IN THE ROAD, ROCKING AND GROANING." title="" /> +<span class="caption">HE FOUND HORATIO SITTING IN THE ROAD, ROCKING AND GROANING.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Well, yes; I thought it might happen that we'd need it +again."</p> + +<p>Horatio put out his paw for it. The boy gave it to him and +he ran the bow gently over the strings.</p> + +<p>"Sing, Bo," he pleaded. "Sing that song about jasmine +and cypress and climbing roses. It will soothe me. Sing about +girls, too, if you want to, but leave out the oranges, Bo, and put +in something else besides honey in the last line."</p> + +<p>"Ratio," said Bo, "you've got a touch of the swamp fever. +Let me see your tongue!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2> + +<h3>IN JAIL AT LAST</h3> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, the sky is blue and the sun is high,<br /> +And the days roll 'round, and the weeks go by——"<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>BO," interrupted Horatio, softly; "what's that over +there on the bank that looks like a man all in a +wad?"</div> + +<p>The little boy was singing along through the +sweet Louisiana afternoon, putting into his song whatever came +into his head:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"And I turn, and I look, and what do I see?<br /> +Someone's left his bundle by a live oak tree."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"What do you suppose is in that bundle, Bo?" asked the +Bear, anxiously.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I don't know. Old clothes, from the looks of it. The +owner isn't far off.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"When a coat and vest and hat, and pair of trousers you espy,<br /> +You can bet your bottom dollar there's a man close by."<br /> +</div> + +<p>Horatio looked in every direction. Then he walked over +to the clothes.</p> + +<p>"Why," said Bo, following; "I guess somebody's taking a +swim. Come on, Ratio. Remember the honey and the oranges."</p> + +<p>But the Bear was curious. He picked up the hat and set it +on his head. Bo laughed lazily. Then Horatio laid down his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span> +violin and slipped one arm into the waistcoat, trying vainly to +reach with the other. Bo good-naturedly helped him. The +little boy felt in the humor for fun, and Horatio looked too comical.</p> + +<p>"Better not put on the coat," said Bo. "It might not be +big enough and if you tore it the owner would make us pay +for it."</p> + +<p>But Horatio was excited.</p> + +<p>"Hurry, Bo! Help me on with it. How do I look, Bo? +I think I'll dress this way all the time, hereafter. Is my hat becoming, +Bo?"</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was an Old Bear in a hat and a coat,"<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>sang Bo, but he got no further, for suddenly close by there +was a loud yell, and without pausing to look behind Horatio +made a wild dash in the other direction, followed by the little +boy. Glancing back as they ran, Bo saw that they were pursued +by a tall white man. He had paused only a second to slip +on his boots and trousers, and was coming after them full speed. +In one hand he carried a revolver, in the other Horatio's violin.</div> + +<p>"Shed 'em!" he shouted. "Shed them clothes or I'll shoot!"</p> + +<p>"Shed 'em!" echoed Bo. "Shed 'em, Horatio!"</p> + +<p>The bear slipped off the coat and flung it behind him.</p> + +<p>"Shed 'em!" shouted the man again, and the waistcoat +followed.</p> + +<p>"I won't give up the hat, Bo!" panted Horatio.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 428px;"> +<img src="images/i040.jpg" width="428" height="450" alt=""HOW DO I LOOK, BO?"" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"HOW DO I LOOK, BO?"</span> +</div> + +<p>But Horatio was mistaken, for at that instant the world +beneath his feet suddenly opened and he disappeared. Before +the boy could check himself he plunged after the Bear and was +struggling in the deep waters of a bayou that came to a level +with the bank and was covered thickly and concealed by fallen +leaves. Rising to the surface he found Horatio clinging to a +fallen tree and the man, who had now overtaken them, holding<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span> +out a limb, which the little boy gladly seized. The hat had been +already rescued.</p> + +<p>"Well, you're a nice pair!" said their captor. "To run away +with a man's clothes and then go headlong into the bayou and +get his hat all wet! I'm glad you didn't have that fiddle, or you'd +a-ruined it. I've bin wantin' a good fiddle a long time, an' this +here looks like a good one. Come out o' that, now, an' we'll +take a walk up toward the jail. I happen to be constable of this +here community."</p> + +<p>Bo groaned as he was dragged to shore. He did not mind +the wetting, for the weather was warm, but now they had lost +the violin and would be taken to jail. Of course they would +lose all their money. Perhaps Horatio would be killed. The +Bear only blinked and shook himself when he had been also +towed to the bank and had scrambled out.</p> + +<p>"I hope you won't take us to jail, sir," said Bo. "My Bear +was mischievous, but he didn't mean any harm, and I have a little +money I'll give you if you'll return us the violin and let us +go."</p> + +<p>"You come along with me!" answered the man, sternly. +"It'll take more money than you've got to pay your fine, an' as +fer that chap, we don't want no bears roamin' loose aroun' here. +March on ahead there, an' don't try none o' your tricks."</p> + +<p>The constable cocked his revolver, and boy and Bear hurriedly +started in the direction of the village that showed above +the trees about a mile further on.</p> + +<p>Bo was afraid to speak to their captor again, and as he never +talked with Horatio except when they were alone, they marched +along disconsolately and in silence. Now and then the man +strummed on the violin and chuckled to himself.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 455px;"> +<img src="images/i041.jpg" width="455" height="500" alt=""SHED THEM CLOTHES OR I'LL SHOOT!"" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"SHED THEM CLOTHES OR I'LL SHOOT!"</span> +</div> + +<p>When they got to the village everybody came out to look +at them. The man called out his story as they went along, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span> +the people laughed and jeered. Heretofore the friends had entered +Louisiana villages in triumph. Now, for the first time, +they came dishonored and disgraced. Poor Horatio looked +very downcast. He knew that he was to blame for it all.</p> + +<p>When they got to the court room they found that the +Justice of the Peace was away fishing, so they were lodged in +jail for the night. It was only a little one room affair, with two +small iron-barred windows, quite high from the ground. Boys +climbed up and looked through these windows and threw stones +and coal in at Horatio, who huddled in a corner. By and by the +officer came with a plate of supper for Bo. He drove the boys +away and left the friends together. There was no supper for +the Bear, so the little boy divided with him.</p> + +<p>"Bo," said Horatio, tearfully, "it was my fault. They'll let +you go, and, and—I hope they'll give you my skin, Bo."</p> + +<p>Then they went to sleep.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Early next morning there was a crowd around the jail. The +Justice had returned and the people wanted to see the fun. The +friends were hustled into court by the constable, the crowd +stepping back to let Horatio pass. The justice was rather a +young man and had a good-natured face, which made Bo more +hopeful. But when they heard the constable make his charge +against them, both lost heart. They were accused of stealing +and damages and a lot of other things that they could not understand. +The Justice listened and then turned to the prisoners.</p> + +<p>"What have you to say for yourselves?" he asked, looking +straight at Bo. At first the little boy tried to speak and could +not. The court room was still—every one waiting to hear what +he was about to say. All at once an idea came to him.</p> + +<p>"Please, sir," he trembled, "if you will let my Bear have +the violin we will plead our case together."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What violin? What does the boy mean?" asked the Justice, +turning to the constable.</p> + +<p>"Oh, an ole fiddle they dropped when they took my clothes. +I lef' it down 't the house this morning."</p> + +<p>Bo's heart sank. It was their only chance. He was about +to give up when suddenly there came another gleam of hope, +though very faint. Wheeling quickly toward the sorrow stricken +Bear he shouted:—</p> + +<p>"Perform for them, Horatio! Perform!"</p> + +<p>The words acted on Horatio like a shock of electricity. He +straightened up with a snort that caused the crowd to fall back, +knocking each other over like dominos. Then he made a bound +into the open space and stood on his head. Then with a spring +backward he landed on his feet, and waved a bow to the Justice! +Another bound and he was walking on his hands and then, after +another bow to the Court, he turned a series of somersaults so +rapidly that he looked like a great wheel! When he landed on +his feet this time, and bowed once more to the Court, the crowd +broke out into a mighty cheer of applause.</p> + +<p>"Order!" shouted the Justice. "Order!"</p> + +<p>It grew still, and the little boy looked at the Court anxiously.</p> + +<p>"Please, Your Honor," he said humbly, "that's our case."</p> + +<p>"Case!" roared the Justice. "Well, I should say that was a +case of fits and revolution."</p> + +<p>At this the crowd cheered again until they were rapped to +order by the Court.</p> + +<p>"I sentence you," he said solemnly, and looking sternly at +Horatio, "to sudden and disagreeable death!"</p> + +<p>He paused, and Horatio staggered against Bo, who was +very pale.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i042.jpg" width="500" height="211" alt="A CASE OF FITS AND REVOLUTION." title="" /> +<span class="caption">A CASE OF FITS AND REVOLUTION.</span> +</div> + +<p>"To sudden death," continued the Court, "if I catch you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span> +running off and falling in the water with any more of my officer's +clothes. And I now fine you, for the first offense, a performance +on the common for the whole town! Court is adjourned! +Show begins at once! Constable, bring that fiddle!"</p> + +<p>With a wild shout the people poured outside. Many +scrambled over each other to get near Bosephus and the wonderful +Bear, and when the violin was brought and the show had +begun every soul in the village was gathered on the common.</p> + +<p>That night, when all was over, the little boy and the Bear +were the guests of the Justice, who owned a fine plantation adjoining +the village. During the evening he had a long talk with +Bo, and seemed greatly impressed with the little boy's natural +ability and shrewdness. When they parted next morning he +said:—</p> + +<p>"Remember, if you ever feel like giving up travel, come +back here and I'll send you to school and college and make a +man of you."</p> + +<p>"I'll remember," said Bo, as they shook hands. A crowd +had gathered to see the travellers off. The constable was +among them, and as they disappeared around a bend in the road +he waved and shouted with the rest.</p> + +<p>"Bosephus," said Horatio gravely, "I hope you don't think +of deserting me. Remember how many close places I have +helped you out of. This last was a little the closest of all, Bosephus, +and I shudder to think where you might have been today +if it had not been for me."</p> + +<p>"That's so," said the little boy solemnly. "I don't suppose +they'd have even given me your skin, Ratio."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER X</h2> + +<h3>AN AFTERNOON'S FISHING</h3> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Sitting on a bank where the bull frogs dream—<br /> +Sitting on the shore of a deep, deep stream—<br /> +Sitting on a log and waiting for a bite—<br /> +Bound to catch our supper, if we fish—all—night."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>THE little boy was holding a long cane pole that he +had cut as they came along, on the small end of +which he had fastened a hook and line, baited with a +lively worm. The Bear was leaning back against +a tree and watching him lazily.</div> + +<p>"Bo," said he presently, "I shouldn't wonder if that singing +of yours scared the fish all away."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't say that to you, Ratio. I know if you'd wake +up and take the fiddle and play some they'd walk right out on +the bank."</p> + +<p>The Bear laughed sleepily. He was in a comfortable position +and the warm afternoon sun was soothing. He hummed +some negro lines he had heard:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' mus' jes' set an' wait—<br /> +When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' must spit on yo' bait—<br /> +When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' mus' git across de tide,<br /> +For dey's alw'ys bettah fishin' on de oth—ah—side."<br /> +</div> + +<p>"I shouldn't wonder if you were right, Ratio," assented Bo, +anxiously. "It does look better over there, only there's no way<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span> +to get across except this slippery looking, rotten old log, and I +don't feel much like trying that."</p> + +<p>"Walk out on it a little way, Bo," said Horatio, getting interested, +"and throw your line over there by that cypress snag. +That looks like a good place."</p> + +<p>Bosephus rose cautiously, and, balancing himself with the +long cane pole, edged his way a few inches at a time toward the +middle of the stream, pausing every little way to be sure that +the log showed no sign of yielding. He could swim, but he did +not wish for a wetting, and besides there were a good many alligators +in these Louisiana waters and some very fierce snapping +turtles. He had heard the negroes say that alligators were particularly +fond of boys, and that snapping turtles never let go till +it thundered. He had no wish to furnish supper for an alligator +and there were no signs of a thunder storm. Hence he advanced +with great prudence. When he had nearly reached the +centre Horatio called to him.</p> + +<p>"Try it from there, Bo! Your line's long enough to +reach!"</p> + +<p>The little boy steadied himself by a limb that projected +from the log and swung his line in the direction the Bear had +indicated. Then he waited, holding his breath almost, and watching +his float, which lay silently on the water. Horatio was +watching, too, with half closed eyes, and now and then giving +instructions.</p> + +<p>"Pull it a little more to the right, Bo—nearer that root," +he whispered.</p> + +<p>Bosephus obeyed, but the float still lay silently on the +water.</p> + +<p>"Draw it a little toward you, Bo; sometimes when they +think its going away they make a rush for it."</p> + +<p>Again the little boy did as directed, but without result.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Lift out your bait and see if it's all right. Now fling it +a little further toward the bank."</p> + +<p>Bo lifted out the bait, which was still lively and untouched, +and flung it far over toward the other shore. Then he waited +in silence once more, but there was no sign of even so much +as a nibble.</p> + +<p>"Oh, pshaw, Ratio!" he said at last impatiently. "I don't +believe you know anything about fishing. Either that or there +are no fish in here—one of the two."</p> + +<p>He had turned his head toward the Bear as he spoke and +was not looking at his float. All at once the Bear sat straight +up, pointing at the water.</p> + +<p>"Your cork's gone!" he shouted. "You've got one! Pull, +Bo, pull!"</p> + +<p>The little boy turned so quickly that he almost lost his balance +and could not immediately obey. Horatio was wild with +excitement.</p> + +<p>"Why don't you pull?" he howled. "Do you expect him to +climb up your pole? Are you waiting for him to make his toilet +before he appears? Well, talk about fishermen!"</p> + +<p>Bosephus was struggling madly to follow instructions. He +was holding to the dead limb like grim death and pulling fiercely +at the pole with one hand. The fish must be a large one, for it +swung furiously from side to side, but could not be brought to +the surface. Horatio on the bank was still shouting and dancing +violently.</p> + +<p>"You'll lose him!" he yelled; "you'll never in the world land +him that way. You ought to go fishing for tin fish in a tub! +Just let me out there; I'll show you how to fish!" and Horatio +made a rush toward the log on which Bo was standing.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 408px;"> +<img src="images/i043.jpg" width="408" height="500" alt=""PULL, BO, PULL!"" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"PULL, BO, PULL!"</span> +</div> + +<p>"Go back! Go back!" screamed the little boy. "It won't +hold us both!" But the Bear was too much excited by this time<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span> +to heed any caution. He hurried to the centre of the log and +seizing the pole from Bo's hand gave a fierce pull. The fish +swung clear of the water and far out on the bank, but the strain +on their support was too great. There was a loud cracking +sound, and before they knew what had happened both were +struggling in the water.</p> + +<p>"Help! Help!" howled Horatio. "I'm drowning!"</p> + +<p>"Hold to the end of the log!" shouted Bo. "I'll swim +ashore and tow you in with the pole!"</p> + +<p>He struck out as he spoke and in a few strokes was near +enough to seize some bushes that overhung the water. Suddenly +he heard Horatio give forth a scream so wild that he +whirled about to look. Then he saw something that made him +turn cold. In a half circle, a few feet away from where Horatio +was clinging to the end of the broken log for dear life, there had +risen from the water a number of long, black, ugly heads. A +drove of alligators!</p> + +<p>"Bo! Bo!" shrieked the wretched Bear. "They're after +me! They'll eat me alive—skin and all! Save me! Save me!"</p> + +<p>The little boy swung himself to the shore and dashed up the +bank. His first thought had been to seize the fishing pole and +with it to drag Horatio to safety. But at that instant his eye +fell on the violin. He had learned to play very well himself during +the last few weeks and he remembered the night of the +panther dance in the Arkansaw woods. He snatched up the instrument +and struck the bow across the strings.</p> + +<p>"Sing, Horatio!" he shouted. "It's your turn to sing!" and +Bosephus broke out into a song that after the first line the +Bear joined as if he never expected to sing again on earth.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem'> +"Oh, there was an Old Bear went out for a swim,<br /> +And the alligators came just to take a look at him,<br /></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i045.jpg" width="500" height="443" alt=""OH, THERE WAS AN OLD BEAR WENT OUT FOR A SWIM."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"OH, THERE WAS AN OLD BEAR WENT OUT FOR A SWIM."</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And the Bear was glad to see 'em, and he wanted them to stay,<br /> +And he sang a song to please 'em so they wouldn't go away."<br /> +</div> + +<p>As the music rolled out on the water there rose to the surface +another half circle of dark objects. The Bear shut his eyes +and his voice grew faint. They were snapping turtles.</p> + +<p>"Stop, Bo!" he wailed. "It's no use. It only brings more +of 'em, and new kinds."</p> + +<p>"No, no; go on," whispered Bo, who had crept down quite +to the water's edge. "Now—ready! sing!"</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Then 'tis 'Gator, Alligator, we expect to see you later,<br /> +If you really have to leave us—if you can't remain to tea—<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +Then 'tis Turtle, Mr. Turtle, you will notice we are fertile,<br /> +In providing entertainment for our com—pa—nee."<br /> +</div> + +<p>New arrivals appeared constantly until the water and logs +and stumps by the water's edge were alive with listening creatures. +Still remembering the panther dance the boy called in a +whisper to Horatio:—</p> + +<p>"Softly now; sing it again."</p> + +<p>They repeated the song, letting their voices and music +gradually blend into the whispering of the trees. Bo sang with +closed eyes, but the watching Bear saw the listening circle of +heads sink lower and lower so gently that he could not be sure +when the water had closed over them. From roots and logs and +stumps dark forms slid noiselessly into the stream and disappeared. +The music died away and ceased. Horatio looked at +the little boy eagerly.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i047.jpg" width="450" height="423" alt=""HELP! HELP!"" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"HELP! HELP!"</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Quick, the pole, Bo," he called softly. "They're all gone."</p> + +<p>A moment later he was holding on to the cane pole with +teeth and claws and being towed to shore. As he marched up +the bank he picked up the large fish that was still flopping at the +end of the line.</p> + +<p>"Very fine, Bosephus," he said, holding it up. "You +wouldn't have had that fish for supper if it hadn't been for me, +Bosephus."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2> + +<h3>THE ROAD HOME</h3> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Going back to Arkansaw as fast as we can go—<br /> +Never mind the winter time—never mind the snow,<br /> +For the weather's not so chilly as the Louisiana law,<br /> +And we'll feel a good deal safer in the Ar—kan—saw."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>IT had happened in this way. The afternoon before +Christmas had come and the little boy and the Bear +had been talking over a Christmas dinner for the +next day.</div> + +<p>"Bosephus," Horatio had said, "we must have something +extra. I should like a real old-fashioned dinner. One such as +I used to have; but, of course, that is all over now." And there +was an untamed, regretful look in his eyes.</p> + +<p>"Ratio," said Bo, "we have got a lot of money—nearly +two hundred dollars. We can afford to have something good. +I will buy a duck and a turkey and maybe some pies. We'll +take a holiday and eat from morning till night if we feel like it."</p> + +<p>The Bear smiled at this thought and touched the strings +of the violin.</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, we'll buy a tender turkey, and we'll buy a youthful duck,<br /> +And some pies, perhaps, and cookies, and some doughnuts, just for luck,<br /> +And we'll take our Christmas dinner where the balmy breezes stray,<br /> +And we'll spread it in the sunshine and we'll eat—all—day."<br /> +</div> + +<p>Suddenly he paused in his singing and listened. They +were coming out into an open space and there was a sound of +a voice speaking. Somebody was talking in a foreign language +that Bo did not understand, but the Bear trembled with eagerness.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Bo," he whispered, "that's Italian. That's the way my +first teacher talked. The one that abused me—and died."</p> + +<p>The Bear licked out his tongue fiercely at this memory and +pushed forward into the open, the little boy following. As +they stepped out where they could see, Bosephus uttered an +exclamation and Horatio a snort of surprise. By the roadside +sat a dark-browed, villainous-looking Italian and before him +stood a miserable half-starved bear cub, which he was trying to +teach. He would speak a few words to it and then beat it +fiercely with a heavy stick. The little bear cowered and trembled +and could not obey. Horatio gave a low dangerous growl +as Bo held him back. The Italian turned and saw them.</p> + +<p>"What are you beating that cub for?" asked Bo, sternly.</p> + +<p>The Italian looked at him evilly.</p> + +<p>"Maka him grow an' dance an' playa fid, lika yo' bear," he +said, sullenly. "Soa he maka da mun'."</p> + +<p>"That won't do it. You can teach him better with kindness. +Throw that stick away. Aren't you ashamed of yourself."</p> + +<p>"Minda yo' own biz," was the insolent reply.</p> + +<p>The little boy saw that it would not be safe to stay there +any longer. The cub was whining pitifully and Horatio was +becoming furious. He turned away, the Bear following reluctantly. +When they had gone perhaps a half a mile Horatio +paused.</p> + +<p>"Let's camp here," he said. "This is a nice place and I'm +tired."</p> + +<p>Bosephus was tired, too. The day before Christmas with +its merry preparation had been a big day among the plantations +and the friends had reaped a harvest.</p> + +<p>"All right, Ratio," he said, and they made preparations +for the night, though it was still quite early.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 424px;"> +<img src="images/i048.jpg" width="424" height="500" alt=""MAKA HIM GROW AN' DANCE AN' PLAY A 'FID'."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"MAKA HIM GROW AN' DANCE AN' PLAY A 'FID'."</span> +</div> + +<p>"Bo," said the Bear, reflectively, "Christmas always reminds<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span> +me of when I was a little cub like that poor little fellow +we saw back yonder. I was a Christmas present—by accident."</p> + +<p>"A Christmas present by accident! How was that?"</p> + +<p>"It was this way. I was always brave and adventurous, +as you know. My folks lived in a very large tree and were all +asleep for the winter except me. I stayed awake so as to run +away and see the world. Well, I started out and I travelled +and I travelled. It was all woods and I lost my way. By and +by I got very tired and climbed up into a thick evergreen tree +to rest. I suppose I went to sleep and some men who were +out hunting for a Christmas tree must have picked out mine +and tied the limbs together tight with cords and cut it down. +Then I suppose they must have carried me home and set the +tree up in its place and untied the cords, for the first I knew +I was tumbling out on to a carpet in a big room, and a lot of +children were screaming and running in every direction. I was +bigger and some fatter than that cub we saw with the Italian—poor +little fellow.</p> + +<p>"I'd like to talk to that villain about five minutes alone," +continued Horatio, grimly. "I'm sure I could interest him. I'd +tell him about the man that used to beat me, and I might give +him an imitation of what happened to him," and the big fellow +rose and walked back and forth in excitement.</p> + +<p>"But go on with your story, Ratio; what happened to you +after you fell out of the Christmas tree?"</p> + +<p>"Oh! the children tamed me and fed me till I got so big +they were afraid of me, and then I ate up some young pigs and a +calf and went away."</p> + +<p>"You ran away, you mean. What happened then?"</p> + +<p>"Well, I went quite a distance and fell in with a circus. I +learned to dance there and stayed with them a while. But one +day the young ibex came in to see me and they couldn't find<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span> +anything of him after that except his horns, and seemed suspicious +of me, so I went away again."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Ratio!"</p> + +<p>"Yes; I travelled and changed about a good deal till by and +by I fell in with the Italian who promised to teach me to play +the violin, and he did teach me some, as you know, but he +wasn't kind to me, so I—I wore mourning for him a while, and +went away again. Then I met up with you, and you taught me +the second part of our tune, and we went into partnership and +I reformed, and we've been together ever since. We've been in +some pretty close places together, Bosephus, but I've always +managed to pull us through safely, and you have behaved very +nobly, too, at times, Bosephus—very nobly, indeed."</p> + +<p>"Are you sure you have reformed, Horatio?"</p> + +<p>Horatio swung the violin to his shoulder and drew the bow +across the strings. Then he sang softly:—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem'> +"Oh, there's some folks say a nigger won't steal,<br /> +But I caught one in my corn-fiel'.<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem'> +And there's other folks say that a Bear will tame,<br /> +But I wouldn't trust him with my——"<br /> +</div> + +<div class='unindent'>he hesitated, and then, with a final flourish,</div> + +<div class='poem'> +"with my money all the same."<br /> +</div> + +<p>The little boy laughed. The Bear seemed to have forgotten +the cruel Italian and was in his usual good humor.</p> + +<p>"I think I can trust you, Horatio; I'm not a bit afraid of +you."</p> + +<p>"Bo," said Ratio, speaking suddenly, "speaking of Christmas +trees, we ought to have one. I saw a beautiful one up the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span> +stream yonder. I think I'll go and get it, if you'll look after +the supper while I'm gone."</p> + +<p>"Why, yes, Horatio, only don't be long about it."</p> + +<p>Horatio struck the violin with a long vigorous sweep.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, we'll have a tree for Christmas in this Louisiana isthmus,<br /> +Where the orange trees are waving and the jasmines are in bloom;<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And I'll have a Christmas dinner, if I don't I am a sinner,<br /> +And I'll eat it if it sends me to my doom—doom—doom."<br /> +</div> + +<p>Bo laughed again. He had never seen Horatio in a better +humor.</p> + +<p>"If you eat too much pie it may send you to your doom—doom—doom," +he said. "Hurry back, now, with that tree. You +can pull it up by the roots and we'll plant it again here. Then +it will keep right on growing."</p> + +<p>The bear set out up the stream and the boy busied himself +with building a fire and taking out of a sack a lot of food that +had been given them by the planters during the afternoon. He +spread this on the leaves and moss and then sat down and gazed +into the bright blaze. It was pleasant and warm and he was +quite tired. After a while he wondered sleepily why the Bear +didn't come back, and concluded he was having a hard time +pulling up the tree. Then he began thinking of all the adventures +they had had together and of the little cub bear and the +cruel Italian.</p> + +<p>"I was tempted to let Horatio at him," he thought. "A +man like that should be beaten until he couldn't stand. That +poor little creature! How wistfully he looked at us. He kept +whining—perhaps he was telling Ratio something."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p> + +<p>The little boy's head nodded forward now and then and +presently he slept. He slept soundly and the moments flew by +unheeded. He was having a long dream about old man Todd +and the girls and the two candy hearts, when suddenly there +arose close at hand such a commotion, such a mingling of excited +language, fierce snarls and crashing of brush that the little +boy leaped to his feet wildly.</p> + +<p>"Ratio!" he shouted. "Ratio! where are you?"</p> + +<p>The only answer was the redoubled fury of the furious uproar, +which Bo now located at the edge of the road but a few +feet away. He tore through the brush hastily in that direction. +As he reached the spot the turmoil ceased and he heard the +sound of running feet. Dashing through into the road he beheld +a strange sight. A half-naked man was disappearing over +the hill just beyond, and Horatio, holding some rags of clothing +in one hand and the paw of the little bear in the other, was looking +after him hungrily, as if about to pursue. Before him lay +the Christmas tree badly broken and bruised.</p> + +<p>"Ratio!" exclaimed Bo. "What have you been doing?"</p> + +<p>The Bear looked at Bo sheepishly.</p> + +<p>"I went for the Christmas tree," he said, meekly, "and just +as I was coming back the Italian man came along, and he was +beating this little chap, and so I tried the Christmas tree on +him to see how he liked it. Then we got into an argument, and +when he went away he left the cub with us and didn't take all +of his clothing."</p> + +<p>The little boy reflected a moment.</p> + +<p>"I hope, Horatio," he said, gravely, "you did not mean to +break your agreement about, you know—about dinners."</p> + +<p>"I didn't, Bo; honest, I didn't. I wouldn't touch that fellow +if I was starving. But I did pretty nearly break his neck, +Bo, and I'm glad of it!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i051.jpg" width="500" height="472" alt="GOING BACK TO ARKANSAW." title="" /> +<span class="caption">GOING BACK TO ARKANSAW.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Ratio," said Bo, solemnly, "it's very wrong, I suppose; +very wrong, indeed; but I'm glad, too. Only we've got to +postpone that Christmas dinner. That fellow will be back here +to-night with officers, and we've had all the law we want. We +start for Arkansaw in five minutes. A bite of supper and then +right about! ready! march!"</p> + +<p>And this was the reason Horatio and Bosephus and the +little cub bear were travelling swiftly northward in spite of the +winter weather that was not yet over. The cub was small and +weak and Horatio, who loved him and sometimes called him +"little brother," often carried him. They gave no performances, +but only pushed forward, mile after mile, chanting solemnly:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Going back to Arkansaw as fast as we can go—<br /> +Never mind the winter time and never mind the snow,<br /> +For the weather's not so chilly as the Louisiana law,<br /> +And we'll feel a good deal safer in the Ar—kan—saw."<br /></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i052.jpg" width="450" height="430" alt="HORATIO WAS LOOKING AT HIM HUNGRILY." title="" /> +<span class="caption">HORATIO WAS LOOKING AT HIM HUNGRILY.</span> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span></p> + +<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2> + +<h3>THE BEAR COLONY AT LAST. THE PARTING<br /> +OF BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO</h3> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, the wind blows fair and the snow is gone<br /> +In the Arkansaw when the spring comes on.<br /> +Oh, the sun shines warm and the wind blows fair,<br /> +For the boy and the cub and the Old—Black—Bear."<br /><br /> +</div> + + +<div class='cap'>SO sang Bosephus and Horatio as they sat side by +side in the doorway of a deserted lumberman's cabin +in the depths of an Arkansaw forest. The cub rescued +from the brutal Italian and brought with them +on their hasty journey out of Louisiana, stood a few feet away +watching them intently. Now and then he made an awkward +attempt at dancing, which caused Bosephus and Horatio to stop +their music and laugh. He had grown fat and saucy with good +treatment, and seemed to enjoy the amusement he caused. At +a little distance behind him, some seated and some standing, and +all enjoying the entertainment, were seven other bears of various +sizes. The colony so long planned by Horatio and Bosephus +was established.</div> + +<p>The long journey out of Louisiana had been made rapidly +and with no delays. Though midwinter when begun, the weather +had been beautiful at the start, and there had been few storms +and but little cold since. The cub had gradually confided his +story to Horatio, who loved him and continued to call him affectionately +"little brother." He had been captured in a very +deep woods, he said, by hunters, who sold him to the Italian.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span> +He did not know where these woods were, but as the friends +crossed the Louisiana line and entered lower Arkansaw he grew +more and more excited every day, for he declared these were +so like his native woods that he could almost hear his mother's +voice crooning the evening lullaby. Soon after, they came one +evening upon a deserted lumberman's camp and took possession +of the one cabin that still remained. It was a good shelter and +there was a stream with fine fish in it close at hand. But when +the friends awoke next morning the little bear was gone.</p> + +<p>They were very sorry, for they had grown much attached +to the little chap and he had seemed to be fond of them also. It +was very lonely in the deep forest without him. Horatio sighed.</p> + +<p>"He didn't appreciate us, Bo," he said, sadly. "He's gone +back to be a wild bear. He never got the taste of men—tastes, +I mean, and I suppose these woods made him homesick. They +are like my old woods, too, and I get homesick sometimes—even +now." Then the boy and the Bear went to the brook to +fish and the day passed gloomily.</p> + +<p>But that night, when Bo had built a fire in the big fireplace +which almost filled one end of the cabin, and was cooking the +fish, there came a muffled scratching sound at the door. Horatio +sprang to his feet instantly.</p> + +<p>"That's Cub," he said, excitedly.</p> + +<p>The boy ran to the door and opened it. Sure enough, the +little cub stood before him, and out of the darkness behind +gleamed seven other pairs of eyes. The boy was brave, but as +he saw that row of fiery orbs he felt his flesh creep and his hair +began to prickle.</p> + +<p>"Horatio!" he called, softly, "come quick."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/i053.jpg" width="500" height="322" alt="THE POOR BEAR GAVE WAY COMPLETELY." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE POOR BEAR GAVE WAY COMPLETELY.</span> +</div> + +<p>The Bear was already by his side, and a moment later with +the cub stepped out into the night. Then Bosephus heard low +growls followed by a strange commotion, which he at first took<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span> +to be the sound of fighting. Suddenly Horatio ran to him in +great excitement.</p> + +<p>"Bo, Bo!" he exclaimed, "it's my family! and, oh, Bosephus, +it's Cub's family, too! We're really brothers, and we didn't +know it!" Then he ran back into the dark and presently returned +with the cub and the seven other bears, following. The newcomers +stared and blinked at the little boy as they entered the +lighted cabin and then withdrew to a darker corner, where they +sat silently regarding everything that passed, like strangers +from the country. The cub sat with them and whispered softly, +in the bear tongue, and Horatio now and then went over, too, +and no doubt told them marvellous tales of his strange adventures. +Late that night all lay down to sleep—the little boy in +the arms of his faithful friend.</p> + +<p>And so the Bear Colony had begun, even sooner than Bo +and Ratio had expected, and they had given up all notion of +travelling any further. The lumber camp was deserted for good +by the woodcutters, for the largest trees had been cut out and +taken away long before. The cabin was headquarters—Bosephus +was president, Horatio prime minister, and the cub, because +of his adventures and slight educational advancement, was +chief assistant. Early spring was upon the land, and the woods +were beginning to be sweet with song and blossom. Bosephus +was almost afraid at first that, with the native woods and the renewal +of home ties, Horatio might return more or less to his +savage instincts, but he became gentler and more docile than +ever. His place as prime minister and chief instructor made him +realize his advancement and the importance of good behavior. +He was grave and dignified, and about the fire in the evening, +played the violin with an air of skill and superiority that was +very impressive. Bosephus at first enjoyed it all immensely. +The bears were obedient and submissive, and were gradually<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span> +learning to understand his language. He had more money than +he would ever need and was lord of all he surveyed.</p> + +<p>But gradually there came a change. He grew tired of seeing +only the black faces and shining eyes of his subjects and of +hearing only the singing of bees and birds. At first he did not +realize what was the matter. Then it came to him at last that +this life of the forest was palling upon him and that, like the cub, +he yearned for his own kind—the faces of men.</p> + +<p>One morning he divided up the money into two equal parts +and slipped out to where Horatio was sunning himself and playing +softly before the cabin.</p> + +<p>"Horatio," he said, tenderly, "I have divided up the money. +Here is your half. You have been the best friend I ever had and +it breaks my heart to leave you, but I can't live away from my +own race any longer. I am going back to Louisiana, to the +planter who told me to come back and he would send me to +school and college and make a man of me," and then the little +boy suddenly broke down and fell weeping into his companion's +arms.</p> + +<p>For some moments Horatio could not speak. Then he +spoke, sobbing between every word.</p> + +<p>"Bo—Bo—you—you're—not—not going to—to leave +me! Oh, Bo!" and the poor Bear gave way completely and +wept on the little boy's shoulder. They were all alone, as the +others had gone out together for a walk. At last Horatio put +the boy gently from him and took up his violin. He began to +play very softly and sang in a breaking voice:—</p> + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, he's going away to leave me to the Lou'siana shore,<br /> +And I'll never see my darling, my Bosephus, any more;<br /> +He's divided up the money, and he's going far away,<br /> +And my poor old heart is breaking but he—will—not—stay.<br /> +We have battled with the weather—we have faced the world together—<br /> +Never caring why or whether—never minding when or where—<br /> +But he says we now must sever—happy days are done forever,<br /> +For Bosephus and the fiddle and the Old—Black—Bear!"<br /></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 419px;"> +<img src="images/i054.jpg" width="419" height="500" alt="FELL WEEPING INTO HIS COMPANION'S ARMS." title="" /> +<span class="caption">FELL WEEPING INTO HIS COMPANION'S ARMS.</span> +</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span></p> + +<p>An hour later Bo was wending his way southward through +the sweet spring woods alone. In his inner breast pocket was +stored every dollar the friends had earned together.</p> + +<p>"I will never need it now, Bo," Horatio had said at parting, +"and you will need a great many times as much. Take it and +sometimes think of your far off faithful Ratio." And then, +after one long embrace, they had parted. And now the little +boy was trying to keep up courage to carry out what he had undertaken. +At every turn in the path he was tempted to return +and throw himself in Horatio's arms. But he pressed on, hoping +to arrive at some sort of habitation for the night, which he +did not like to pass alone in the woods.</p> + +<p>"Poor old Ratio," he thought. "He will be happier with +his own people after a while. And perhaps he will really civilize +them." He turned and cast one long look in the direction of +the colony which he could no longer see. Then facing about +again he hurried forward. About a mile further on he paused +at a little brook for a drink. He was bending over the water +when he heard a sudden crashing in the bushes behind him. He +started up instantly and seized a heavy stick that lay close at +hand. Nearer and nearer came the tearing through the brush, +like some heavy animal in fierce chase. The boy stepped out +of the path to let the creature pass, and then, all at once, he +gave a cry of joy and surprise. Headlong out of the bushes, +stumbling and rolling at his feet, with tears streaming from his +eyes and violin under his arm, was Horatio.</p> + +<p>"Bo, Bo!" he cried. "I couldn't stand it. I'm going with +you. That kind planter will give me a place to stay, I know, and +maybe if he sends you to college he'll let me go, too. I could +play for the college boys, Bo, and help pay your way. Don't +send me back, Bo! Don't send me back!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span></p> + +<p>Bo embraced him silently.</p> + +<p>"Why, of course not, Ratio," he said at last, "but I thought +you wanted to have a colony of your own people."</p> + +<p>"I did, Bo, but I have turned it over to Cub. He can take +care of it. Like you, Bo, I have been civilized too long to live +away from men! And, besides, Bo, you need me to protect +you." Horatio recovered his dignity at this point and continued, +gravely, "You are brave and noble, Bosephus, but you +need some one near you who is ever ready to face any danger. +Let us sing now, Bosephus, as we travel onward."</p> + +<p>And with a joyful scrape of the strings and a sweet burst +of melody the friends set their faces once more to the South.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear1.mid"><img src="images/music1.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 1st Line" title="Music 1st Line" /></a> +</div> + + +<div class='poem2'> +"Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo,<br /> +Went out into the woods when the moon was low.<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear2.mid"><img src="images/music2.png" width="400" height="77" alt="Music 2nd Line" title="Music 2nd line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And he met an Old Bear who was hungry for a snack,<br /> +And the folks are still waiting for Bosephus to come back.<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music3.png" width="400" height="68" alt="Music 3rd Line" title="Music 3rd Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +"For the boy became the teacher of this kind and gentle creature,<br /> +Who was faithful in his friendship and was watchful in his care,<br /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<a href="music/bear3.mid"><img src="images/music4.png" width="400" height="72" alt="Music 4th Line" title="Music 4th Line" /></a> +</div> + +<div class='poem2'> +And they travelled on forever and they'll never, never sever,<br /> +Bosephus and the fiddle and the Old—Black—Bear."<br /><br /></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 372px;"> +<img src="images/i056.jpg" width="372" height="500" alt=""And they traveled on forever"" title="" /> +</div><div class='center'><br /><br /><b>Transcriber's Note:</b> To hear complete song, click <a href="music/bearfull.mid">here</a>.</div> + +<p> <br /><br /><br /></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 185px;"> +<img src="images/emblem.png" width="185" height="200" alt="Emblem" title="" /> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> +<div class='tnote'> +<h3>Transcriber's Notes:</h3> + +<p>Obvious punctuation errors repaired.</p> + +<p>Page 20, "TO" changed to "BO" (BO was awake first)</p> + +<p>Page 66, two lines of text were transposed. The original read:</p> + +<div class='unindent'> +of them——"<br /> +down here are mighty fond of bear meat, and there's such a lot<br /> +</div></div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Arkansaw Bear, by Albert Bigelow Paine + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ARKANSAW BEAR *** + +***** This file should be named 28302-h.htm or 28302-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/3/0/28302/ + +Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net Music by Linda +Cantoni(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/28302-h/images/emblem.png b/28302-h/images/emblem.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed2e0df --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/emblem.png diff --git a/28302-h/images/i001.jpg b/28302-h/images/i001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..056b0bf --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i001.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i002.jpg b/28302-h/images/i002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..521dc7e --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i002.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i003.png b/28302-h/images/i003.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fc754a --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i003.png diff --git a/28302-h/images/i004.jpg b/28302-h/images/i004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd1e1ab --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i004.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i005.jpg b/28302-h/images/i005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d33dba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i005.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i009.jpg b/28302-h/images/i009.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..77e06ae --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i009.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i010.jpg b/28302-h/images/i010.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa6051e --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i010.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i011.jpg b/28302-h/images/i011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7b9558 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i011.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i014.jpg b/28302-h/images/i014.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1c5112 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i014.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i015.jpg b/28302-h/images/i015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c764210 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i015.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i016.jpg b/28302-h/images/i016.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3df7db --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i016.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i018.jpg b/28302-h/images/i018.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..da978a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i018.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i020.jpg b/28302-h/images/i020.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c55df0 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i020.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i021.jpg b/28302-h/images/i021.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd6413f --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i021.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i023.jpg b/28302-h/images/i023.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c20394 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i023.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i024.jpg b/28302-h/images/i024.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..644e828 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i024.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i026.jpg b/28302-h/images/i026.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..abaa59c --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i026.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i027.jpg b/28302-h/images/i027.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecea61a --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i027.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i028.jpg b/28302-h/images/i028.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..86eec84 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i028.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i031.jpg b/28302-h/images/i031.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f159464 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i031.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i033.jpg b/28302-h/images/i033.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6672ef --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i033.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i034.jpg b/28302-h/images/i034.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..65bec50 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i034.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i036.jpg b/28302-h/images/i036.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5228ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i036.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i038.jpg b/28302-h/images/i038.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b8b6b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i038.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i039.jpg b/28302-h/images/i039.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fac739b --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i039.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i040.jpg b/28302-h/images/i040.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e2788f --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i040.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i041.jpg b/28302-h/images/i041.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..687a8f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i041.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i042.jpg b/28302-h/images/i042.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c62d627 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i042.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i043.jpg b/28302-h/images/i043.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a6db6c --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i043.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i045.jpg b/28302-h/images/i045.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..32c2b1f --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i045.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i047.jpg b/28302-h/images/i047.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9899b92 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i047.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i048.jpg b/28302-h/images/i048.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0106ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i048.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i051.jpg b/28302-h/images/i051.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..861cd2d --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i051.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i052.jpg b/28302-h/images/i052.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cdae51 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i052.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i053.jpg b/28302-h/images/i053.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..455890e --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i053.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i054.jpg b/28302-h/images/i054.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb9a7c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i054.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/i056.jpg b/28302-h/images/i056.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..df1906f --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/i056.jpg diff --git a/28302-h/images/music1.png b/28302-h/images/music1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a9f2cb --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/music1.png diff --git a/28302-h/images/music2.png b/28302-h/images/music2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c7641b --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/music2.png diff --git a/28302-h/images/music3.png b/28302-h/images/music3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6914855 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/music3.png diff --git a/28302-h/images/music4.png b/28302-h/images/music4.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..475bcef --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/images/music4.png diff --git a/28302-h/music/bear1.mid b/28302-h/music/bear1.mid Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bfcc7d --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/music/bear1.mid diff --git a/28302-h/music/bear2.mid b/28302-h/music/bear2.mid Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1825f71 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/music/bear2.mid diff --git a/28302-h/music/bear3.mid b/28302-h/music/bear3.mid Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..82b8b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/music/bear3.mid diff --git a/28302-h/music/bear4.mid b/28302-h/music/bear4.mid Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..526368d --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/music/bear4.mid diff --git a/28302-h/music/bearfull.mid b/28302-h/music/bearfull.mid Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dabdcc --- /dev/null +++ b/28302-h/music/bearfull.mid diff --git a/28302.txt b/28302.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0f267f --- /dev/null +++ b/28302.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3251 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Arkansaw Bear, by Albert Bigelow Paine + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Arkansaw Bear + A Tale of Fanciful Adventure + +Author: Albert Bigelow Paine + +Illustrator: Frank Ver Beck + +Release Date: March 10, 2009 [EBook #28302] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ARKANSAW BEAR *** + + + + +Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net Music by Linda +Cantoni(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + + +THE ARKANSAW BEAR + + +[Illustration] + +NEW YORK R. H. RUSSELL PUBLISHER + +[Illustration: BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO] + + + + + +THE ARKANSAW BEAR + + +A TALE OF FANCIFUL ADVENTURE + +TOLD + +IN SONG AND STORY BY + +ALBERT BIGELOW PAINE + +IN PICTURES BY + +FRANK VER BECK + +[Illustration] + + NEW YORK: R. H. RUSSELL + LONDON: + KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUeBNER & CO. + + MDCCCXCVIII + + COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY + + ROBERT HOWARD RUSSELL + + Printed in the United States of America + + + + + DEDICATION + + TO MASTER FRANK VER BECK, + + FOR WHOSE + + BEDTIME ENTERTAINMENT + + THE ARKANSAW BEAR + + FIRST PERFORMED + + + + +CONTENTS + + + CHAPTER PAGE + I The Meeting of Bosephus and Horatio 11 + II The First Performance 20 + III Horatio and the Dogs 29 + IV The Dance of the Forest People 38 + V Good-bye to Arkansaw 46 + VI An Exciting Race 55 + VII Horatio's Moonlight Adventure 64 + VIII Sweet and Sour 73 + IX In Jail at Last 83 + X An Afternoon's Fishing 92 + XI The Road Home 101 + XII The Bear Colony at Last. The Parting of Bosephus + and Horatio 111 + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE MEETING OF BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, 'twas down in the woods of the Arkansaw, + And the night was cloudy and the wind was raw, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And he didn't have a bed and he didn't have a bite, + And if he hadn't fiddled he'd a travelled all night." + + +BOSEPHUS paused in his mad flight to listen. Surely this was someone +playing the violin, and the tune was familiar. + +He listened more intently. + + "But he came to a cabin and an old gray man, + And says he, 'Where am I going? Now tell me if you can----'" + +It was the "Arkansaw Traveller" and close at hand. The little boy tore +hastily through the brush in the direction of the music. The moon had +come up, and he could see quite well, but he did not pause to pick his +way. As he stepped from the thicket out into an open space the fiddling +ceased. It was bright moonlight there, too, and as Bosephus took in the +situation his blood turned cold. + +In the center of the open space was a large tree. Backed up against this +tree, and looking straight at the little boy, with fiddle in position +for playing, and uplifted bow, was a huge Black Bear! + +Bosephus looked at the Bear, and the Bear looked at Bosephus. + +"Who are you, and what are you doing here?" he roared. + +"I--I am Bo-se-Bosephus, an' I--I g-guess I'm l-lost!" gasped the little +boy. + +"Guess you are!" laughed the Bear, as he drew the bow across the +strings. + +"An-an' I haven't had any s-supper, either." + +"Neither have I!" grinned the Bear, "that is, none worth mentioning. A +young rabbit or two, perhaps, and a quart or so of blackberries, but +nothing real good and strengthening to fill up on." Then he regarded +Bosephus reflectively, and began singing as he played softly:-- + + "Oh, we'll have a little music first and then some supper, too, + But before we have the supper we will play the music through." + +"No hurry, you know. Be cool, please, and don't wiggle so." + +But Bosephus, or Bo, as he was called, was very much disturbed. So far +as he could see there was no prospect of supper for anybody but the +Bear. + +"You'll forget all about supper pretty soon," continued the Bear, +fiddling. + + "You'll forget about your supper--you'll forget about your home-- + You'll forget you ever started out in Arkansaw to roam." + +"My name is Horatio," he continued. "Called Ratio for short. But I don't +like it. Call me Horatio, in full, please." + +[Illustration: "MAYBE YOU CAN PLAY IT YOURSELF."] + +"Oh, ye-yes, sir!" said Bo, hastily. + +"See that you don't forget it!" grunted the Bear. "I don't like +familiarity in my guests. But I am clear away from the song I was +singing when you came tearing out of that thicket. Seems like I never +saw anybody in such a hurry to see me as you were. + + "Now the old man sat a-fiddling by the little cabin door, + And the tune was pretty lively, and he played it o'er and o'er; + And the stranger sat a-list'ning and a-wond'ring what to do, + As he fiddled and he fiddled, but he never played it through." + +Bo was very fond of music, and as Horatio drew from the strings the +mellow strains of "The Arkansaw Traveller" he forgot that both he and +the Bear were hungry. He could dance very well, and was just about to do +so as the Bear paused. + +"Why don't you play the rest of that tune, Horatio?" he asked, +anxiously. + +"Same reason the old man didn't!" growled the Bear, still humming the +air, + + "Oh, raddy daddy dum--daddy dum--dum--dum-- + +"Why!" continued Bo, "that's funny!" + +"Is it?" snorted Horatio; "I never thought so! + + "Then the stranger asked the fiddler 'Won't you play the rest for me?' + 'Don't know it,' says the fiddler, 'Play it for yourself!' says he----" + +"Maybe you can do what the stranger did, Bosephus--maybe you can play it +yourself, eh?" grunted the huge animal, pausing and glowering at the +little boy. + +"Oh, no, sir--I--I--that is, sir, I can only wh-whistle or s-sing it!" +trembled Bo. + +"What!" + +"Y-yes, sir. I----" + +"You can sing it?" shouted the Bear, joyfully, and for once forgetting +to fiddle. "You don't say so!" + +"Why, of course!" laughed Bo; "everybody in Arkansaw can do that. It +goes this way:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Then the stranger took the fiddle, with a ridy-diddle-diddle, + And the strings began to jingle at the tingle of the bow, + +[Illustration: Music] + + While the old man sat and listened, and his eyes with pleasure + glistened, + As he shouted 'Hallelujah! And hurray--for--Joe!'" + +When Bo had finished, Horatio stood perfectly still for some moments in +astonishment and admiration. Then he came up close to the little boy. + +"Look here, Bo," he said, "if you'll teach me to play and sing that +tune, we'll forget all about that sort o' personal supper I was planning +on, and I'll take you home all in one piece. And anything you want to +know I'll tell you, and anything I've got, except the fiddle, is yours. +Furthermore, you can call me Ratio, too, see? + + 'Oh, ridy-diddy, diddy-diddy----' + +how does it go? Give me a start, please." + +Bo brightened up at once. He liked to teach things immensely, and +especially to ask questions. + +"Why, of course, Ratio," he said, condescendingly; "I shall be most +happy. And I can make up poetry, too. Ready, now:-- + + "I am glad to be the teacher of this kind and gentle creature, + Who can play upon the fiddle in a----" + +"Wait, Bo! wait till I catch up!" cried Horatio, excitedly. "Now!" + +"Hold on, Ratio. I want to ask a question!" + +"All right! Fire away! I couldn't get any further anyhow." + +"Well," said Bo, "I want to know how you ever learned to play the +fiddle." + +Horatio did not reply at first, but closed his eyes reflectively and +drew the bow across the string softly. + + "Oh, raddy daddy dum--daddy dum--dum--dum--- + +"I took a course of lessons," he said, presently, "but it is a long +story, and some of it is not pleasant. I think we had better go on with +the music now:-- + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo, + Went out into the woods when the moon was low, + And he met an Old Bear who was hungry for a snack, + And his folks are still awaiting for Bosephus to come back." + +"Go right on with the rest of it," said Bo, hastily. + + "For the boy became the teacher of this kind and gentle creature, + Who can play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way." + +"But I say, Ratio," interrupted Bo again, "how did it come you never +learned to play the second part of that tune?" + +Horatio scowled fiercely at first, and then once more grew quite +pensive. He played listlessly as he replied:-- + +"Ah," he said, "my teacher was--was unfortunate. He taught me to play +the first part of that tune. He would have taught me the rest of it--if +he had had time." + +Horatio drew the bow lightly across the strings and began to sing, in a +far-away voice:-- + + "Oh, there was an old man, and his name was Jim, + And he had a pet bear who was fond of him; + But the man was very cruel and abusive to his pet, + And one day his people missed him, and they haven't found him yet." + +"Oh!" said Bo; "and w-what happened, Horatio?" + +Horatio paused and dashed away a tear. + +"It happened in a lonely place," he said, chewing reflectively, "a +lonely place in the woods, like this. We were both of us tired and +hungry and he grew impatient and beat me. He also spoke of my parents +with disrespect, and in the excitement that followed he died." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +"Yes," repeated Horatio, "he died. He was such a nice man--such a nice +fat Italian man, and so good while--while he lasted." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +Horatio sighed. + +"His death quite took away my appetite," he mused. "I often miss him +now, and long for some one to take his place. I kept this fiddle, +though, and he might have been teaching me the second part of that tune +on it now if his people hadn't missed him--that is, if he hadn't been +impatient, I mean." + +"Oh, Ratio!" said Bo, "I will teach you the tune all through! And I will +never be the least bit impatient or--or excited. Are you ready to begin, +Ratio?" + +"All ready! Play." + + "Oh, it's fine to be the teacher of a kind and gentle creature + Who can play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way, + And I'll never, never grieve him, and I'll never, never leave him, + Till I hear the rooster crowing for the break--of--day." + +"That was very nice, Bo, very nice indeed!" exclaimed Horatio, as they +finished. "Now, I am going to tell you a secret." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +"I have a plan. It is to start a colony for the education and +improvement of wild bears. But first I am going to travel and see the +world. I have lived mostly with men and know a good deal of their +taste--tastes, I mean--and have already travelled in some of the States. +After my friend, the Italian, was gone, I tried to carry out his plans +and conduct our business alone. But I could only play the first part of +that tune, and the people wouldn't stand it. They drove me away with +guns and clubs. So I came back to the woods to practice and learn the +rest of that music. My gymnastics are better--watch me." + +Horatio handed Bo his fiddle and began a most wonderful performance. He +stood on his head, walked on his hands, danced on two feet, three feet, +and all fours. Then he began and turned somersaults innumerable. Bo was +delighted. + +"It wasn't because you couldn't play and perform well enough!" he cried, +excitedly. "It was because you went alone, and they thought you were a +crazy, wild bear. If I could go along with you we could travel together +over the whole world and make a fortune. Then we could buy a big swamp +and start your colony. What do you say, Ratio? I am a charity boy, and +have no home anyway! We can make a fortune and see the world!" + +At first Ratio did not say anything. Then he seized Bo in his arms and +hugged him till the boy thought his time had come. The Bear put him down +and held him off at arm's length, joyously. + +"Say!" he shouted. "Why, I say that you are a boy after my own heart! +We'll start at once! I'll take you to a place to-night where there are +lots of blackberries and honey, and to-morrow we will set forth on our +travels. Here's my hand as a guarantee of safety as long as you keep +your agreement. You mean to do so, don't you?" + +"Oh, yes," said Bo. + +"And now for camp. We can play and sing as we go." + +As the little boy took Horatio's big paw he ceased to be even the least +bit afraid. He had at last found a strong friend, and was going forth +into the big world. He had never been so happy in his life before. + +"All right, Ratio!" he shouted. "One, two, three, play!" + +And Ratio gave the bow a long, joyous scrape across the strings, and +thus they began their life together--Bosephus whistling and the Bear +playing and singing with all his might the fascinating strains of "The +Arkansaw Traveller":-- + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo, + Went out into the woods when the moon was low, + And he hadn't had his supper and his way he didn't know, + So he didn't have a bite to eat nor any place to go. + Then he heard the ridy-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle, + And his knees began to tremble as he saw him standing there; + Now they'll never, never sever, and they'll travel on forever-- + Bosephus, and the fiddle, and the Old--Black--Bear." + + + + +CHAPTER II + +THE FIRST PERFORMANCE + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, 'twas down in the woods of the Arkansaw + I met an Old Bear with a very nimble paw; + +[Illustration: Music] + + He could dance and he could fiddle at the only tune he knew, + And he fiddled and he fiddled, but he never played it through." + + +BO was awake first, and Horatio still lay sound asleep. As the boy +paused the Bear opened one eye sleepily and reached lazily toward his +fiddle, but dropped asleep again before his paw touched it. They had +found a very cosy place in a big heap of dry leaves under some spreading +branches, and Horatio, though fond of music, was still more fond of his +morning nap. Bosephus looked at him a moment and began singing again, in +the same strain:-- + + "Then there came a little boy who could whistle all the tune, + And he whistled and he sang it by the rising of the moon; + And he whistled and he whistled, and he sang it o'er and o'er, + Till Horatio learned the music he had never learned before." + +The Bear opened the other eye, and once more reached for his fiddle. +This time he got hold of it, but before his other paw touched the bow he +was asleep again. Bo waited a moment. Then he suddenly began singing to +the other part of the tune:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Yes, he learned it all so neatly and he played it all so sweetly + That he fell in love completely with the boy without a home; + +[Illustration: Music] + + And he said, 'No matter whether it is dark or sunny weather + We will travel on together till the cows--come--home.'" + +Before Bosephus finished the first two lines of this strain Horatio was +sitting up straight and fiddling for dear life. + +"Once more, Bo, once more!" he shouted as they finished. + +They repeated the music, and Horatio turned two handsprings without +stopping. + +"Now," he said, "we will go forth and conquer the world." + +"I could conquer some breakfast first," said Bo. + +"Do you like roasting ears?" + +"Oh, yes," said Bo. + +"Well, I have an interest in a little patch near here--that is, I take +an interest, I should say, and you can take part of mine or one of your +own if you prefer. It really doesn't make any difference which you do +just so you take it before the man that planted it is up." + +"Why," exclaimed the boy as they came out into a little clearing, "that +is old Zack Todd's field!" + +"It is, is it? Well, how did old Zack Todd get it, I'd like to know." + +"Why--why I don't know," answered Bo, puzzled. + +[Illustration: "ONCE MORE, BO, ONCE MORE"] + +"Of course not," said the Bear. "And now, Bosephus, let me tell you +something. The bears owned that field long before old Zack Todd was ever +thought of. We're just renting it to him on shares. This is rent day. We +don't need to wake Zack up. You get over the fence and hand me a few +of the best ears you can get quick and handy, and you might bring one of +those watermelons I see in the corn there, and we'll find a quiet place +that I know of and eat it." + +Bo hopped lightly over the rail fence, and, gathering an armful of green +corn, handed it to Horatio. Then he turned to select a melon. + +"Has Zack Todd got a gun, Bosephus?" asked the Bear. + +"Yes, sir-ee. The best gun in Arkansaw, and he's a dead shot with it." + +"Oh, he is. Well, maybe you better not be quite so slow picking out that +melon. Just take the first big one you see and come on." + +"Why, Zack wouldn't care for us collecting rent, would he?" + +"Well, I don't know. You see, some folks are peculiar that way. Zack +might forget it was rent day, and a man with a bad memory and a good gun +can't be trusted. Especially when he's a dead shot. There, that one will +do. Never mind about his receipt--we'll mail it to him." + +Bo scrambled back over the fence with the melon and hastened as fast as +he could after Horatio, who was already moving across the clearing with +his violin under one arm and the green ears under the other. + +"Wait, Ratio," called the little boy. "This melon is heavy." + +"Is that a long range gun, Bo?" called back the Bear. + +"Carries a mile and a half." + +"Can't you move up a little faster, Bo? I'm afraid, after all, that +melon is bigger than we needed." + +The boy was fat and he panted after his huge companion. + +Suddenly there was a sharp report, and Bosephus saw a little tuft of fur +fly from one of his companion's ears. Horatio dodged frantically and +dropped part of his corn. + +[Illustration: CONQUERING THE WORLD.] + +"Run zigzag, Bo!" he called, "and don't drop the melon. Run zigzag. He +can't hit you so well then," and Horatio himself began such a +performance of running first one way and then the other that Bo was +almost obliged to laugh in spite of their peril. + +"Is this what you call conquering the world, Ratio?" Then, as he +followed the Bear's example, he caught a backward glimpse out of the +corner of his eye. + +"Oh, Ratio," he called, "the whole family is after us. Zack Todd, and +old Mis' Todd, and Jim, and the girls." + +"How many times does that gun shoot?" + +"Only once without loading." + +"Muzzle loader?" + +"Yep," panted Bo. "Old style." + +"Good! Hold on to that melon. We'll get to the woods yet." + +But Horatio was mistaken, for just as they dashed into the edge of the +timber, with the pursuers getting closer every moment, right in front of +them was a high barbed-wire fence which the Todd family had built around +the clearing but a few days before. The Bear dropped his corn, and the +boy carefully, but with some haste, put down the melon. Then they +turned. The Todd family was just entering the woods--old Zack and the +gun in front. He had loaded it and was putting on the cap as he ran. + +"What shall we do, Bo, what shall we do now?" groaned Horatio. + +The situation was indeed desperate. Their pursuers were upon them, and +in a moment more the deadly gun would be levelled. Suddenly a bright +thought occurred to Bo. + +"I know," he shouted; "dance! Horatio! dance!" + +[Illustration: "DANCE! HORATIO, DANCE!"] + +Horatio still had his fiddle under his arm. He threw it into position +and ran the bow over the strings. In a second more he was playing and +dancing, and Bo was singing as though it were a matter of life and +death, which indeed it was:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there was a fine man and a mighty fine gun + And a Bear that played the fiddle and a boy that couldn't run, + +[Illustration: Music] + + + And the boy was named Bosephus and Horatio the Bear, + And they couldn't find a bite to eat for breakfast anywhere." + +The Todd family stood still at this unexpected performance and stared at +the two musicians. Old man Todd leaned his gun against a tree. + + "Now they couldn't buy their breakfast for their money all was spent, + So they dropped into a cornfield to collect a little rent; + But they only took a melon and an ear of corn or so, + And were going off to eat them where the butter blossoms grow." + +The Todd family were falling into the swing of the music. Old Mis' Todd +and the girls were swaying back and forth and the men were beating time +with their feet. Suddenly Bosephus changed to the second part of the +tune. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "But the old man got up early with a temper rather surly, + And he chased them with his rifle and to catch them he was bound; + +[Illustration: Music] + + Till he heard the ridy-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle, + Then he shouted, 'Hallelujah, girls, and all--hands--'round!'" + +The first line of this had started the Todd family. Old Zack swung old +Mis' Todd, and Jim swung the girls. Then all joined hands and circled +to the left. They circled around Bosephus and Horatio, who kept on with +the music, faster and faster. Then there was a grand right and left and +balance all--every one for himself--until they were breathless and could +dance no more. Horatio stopped fiddling and when old man Todd could +catch his breath he said to Bo:-- + +"Look a-here; that Bear of yours is a whole show by himself, and you're +another. Anybody that can play and sing like that can have anything I've +got. There's my house and there's my cornfield; help yourselves." + +Bo thanked him and said that the corn and the melon already selected +would do for the time. To oblige them, however, he would take up a +modest collection. He passed his hat and received a silver twenty-five +cent piece, a spool of thread with a needle in it, a one-bladed +jack-knife and two candy hearts with mottoes on them--these last being +from the girls, who blushed and giggled as they contributed. Then he +said good-by, and the Todd family showed them a gate that led into the +thick woods. As the friends passed out of sight and hearing Bosephus +paused and waved his handkerchief to the girls. A little later Horatio +turned to him and said, impressively:-- + +"That is what I call conquering the world, Bosephus. We began a little +sooner and more abruptly than I had expected, but it was not badly done, +and, all things considered, you did your part very well, Bosephus; very +well indeed." + + + + +CHAPTER III + +HORATIO AND THE DOGS + + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Blossom on the bough and bird on the limb-- + Old Black Bear sits a-grinning at him; + +[Illustration: Music] + + Sawing on his fiddle and a-grinning at the jay-- + Grinning as he saws the only tune that he can play." + + +HORATIO leaned back against the tree and played lazily. Bosephus lay +stretched full length on the leaves, following idly with any words that +happened to fit the strain. A blue jay just over their heads bobbed up +and down on a limber branch, waiting for them to go. The Bear took up +the song as the boy paused:-- + + "Boy on the bank and bird on the tree-- + Bird keeps a-bobbing and a-blinking at me; + Bobbing and a-blinking, and a-waiting for a bite-- + Hasn't had a thing to eat since late--last--night." + +"I say, Ratio," interrupted Bo. "Suppose we move on and give Mr. Jay +Bird a chance?" + +Horatio grunted and rose heavily. After their adventure with the Todd +family they had come to a pleasant spot in the woods by a clear stream +of water. Bo, who had some matches in his pocket, had kindled a fire and +roasted some of the corn, much to the disgust of Horatio, who disliked +fire and asked him why he didn't roast the watermelon, too, while he was +about it. Then they had eaten their breakfast together and taken a +brief rest before setting forth again on their travels. A jay bird was +waiting to peck the gnawed ears and melon rinds. He stared at the +strange pair as they strolled away through the trees, the Bear +continuing his favorite melody. + +"Ratio," said Bo, pausing suddenly, "what is that I hear scurrying +through the bushes every now and then?" + +"Friends of mine, likely." + +"Friends! What friends?" + +"Oh, everything, most. Wild cats, wolves, foxes and a few wild bears, +maybe." + +"Wildcats! Bears! Wolves!" + +"Why, yes. Often when I play in the moonlight they come out and dance +for me." + +"Oh!" said Bo. + +"I have them all dancing together, sometimes. I'll have them dance for +you before long." + +"Oh, Ratio, will you?" + +"Yes. It's a lot of fun, but there's no money in it, and that's what +we're after now, Bo. We're going to buy that swamp, you remember, and +start that bear colony." + +Bosephus was about to reply when Horatio paused and listened. There was +the distant sound of dogs barking. + +"Hello!" said Bo. "We're coming to somewhere. Now we'll give our first +regular performance. Come on, Ratio!" + +Horatio hesitated. + +"How many dogs do you suppose there are, Bo?" he asked anxiously. + +"About a dozen, I should think, big and little." + +"Little dogs, Bo? Little snapping dogs?" + +"That's what it sounds like, and some hounds and a big dog or two. You +don't mind dogs, do you?" + +[Illustration: "HELLO!" SAID BO, "WE'RE COMING TO SOMEWHERE."] + +"Oh, no, not in the least--but it's most too soon after breakfast to +give a performance, and besides, all that noise would spoil the music." + +But the little boy, who still had in his pocket the two candy hearts +that had been given to him by the Todd girls, walked ahead proudly. + +"You trust to me!" he said, flourishing a large stick. "I'll stop their +noise pretty quick. I'm not afraid of dogs!" + +The Bear followed some steps behind, looking ahead warily. + +"I'm not afraid, either, you know," he said, anxiously. "Only when there +are so many of them they get me mixed up on my notes and one of them +once had the ill manners to nip quite a piece out of my left hind leg." + +Presently they came into an open space and plump upon a little +crossroads village. A gang of dogs gambolled upon the common, chasing +stray geese and barking loudly. Horatio paused. + +"Come back, Bo," he whispered. "There's no money in that crowd." + +But Bosephus was already some distance ahead, stick in hand, and the +dogs had spied him. They ceased barking for a moment and two or three of +the larger ones ran away. Then the little dogs began yelping again and +came on in a swarm. Bo made at them with his stick, but they dodged past +him, and in a moment more were circling and snapping around Horatio, who +was waving his violin wildly with one paw and slapping like a man +killing mosquitoes with the other. + +"Quick, Bo!" he shouted. "Quick! Help! Murder!" + +The little boy wanted to laugh, but ran up instead and began striking +among the bevy of dogs that were torturing his friend. Some of them +howled and ran off a few paces. Then they came flocking back. Suddenly +Horatio thrust his violin into Bo's hand and ran swiftly toward a large +tree a few yards distant. The curs followed and jumped high into the air +after him as he scrambled up to the lower limbs. + +Bosephus hurried after them and struck at them so fiercely with his club +that they ran yelping away. A number of villagers, attracted by the +commotion, were now appearing from all quarters. + +"Here come the people, Ratio," said Bo, grinning. "Now we can perform." + +"All right, Bo," whispered the Bear, "but if you'll kindly hand me up +that fiddle I believe I'll perform right where I am." + +The boy passed up the violin and the Bear struck a few notes. By this +time the people had collected. There was a blacksmith with a leather +apron, and a painter with all colors of paint on his clothes. Behind +them there came a woman with dough on her hands and another carrying a +baby. Other men and women followed in the procession, and a dozen or so +children of all ages. They halted a little way from the tree and stood +staring. Horatio sat astride a big limb and commenced playing. Suddenly +the boy threw back his head and began to sing:-- + + "Oh, the dogs barked loud and the dogs barked low + And the boy stood still and the Bear climbed the tree, + At an Old Black Bear and a boy named Bo. + While the people came a-running to see what they could see." + +The children drew up close at the first line and held their breath to +listen. As the boy paused they shouted and screamed with laughter at the +sight of Horatio fiddling in the forks of the tree. The dogs sat in a +row and howled plaintively. + +"Sing some more," cried the woman with the baby; "it amuses my little +Joey." + +[Illustration: BOSEPHUS HURRIED AFTER THEM AND STRUCK AT THEM.] + + "Yes, the people came to see them and the dogs they ran away, + And the boy began to sing and the Bear began to play, + Till it tickled all the children and it made the baby crow, + And it set the people dancing till they jumped--Jim--Crow." + +"More! more!" shouted the people as they formed into cotillons and +reels. "Sing us some more!" + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, the ridy-diddle-diddle of Horatio and his fiddle, + And the singing of Bosephus they had never heard before; + +[Illustration: Music] + + And it set them all to spinning, and the music was so winning + That they wined them and they dined them until half past four!" + +"Wait! wait!" called the woman with the baby under her arm, "I'm all out +of breath." + +"No, no!" shouted the children and all the others. "Go on! Go on!" + +So once more and yet another time the unwearied musicians repeated their +performance, and then Bo politely passed his hat to the dancers. When he +had been to each one his hat was heavy with some money and many useful +articles. + +"Bring your Bear down out of the tree," said the blacksmith, "and we +will give you a feast on the common." + +Bo beckoned to Horatio to climb down, but the big fellow hesitated. + +The temptation of a feast, however, was too much for him. + +[Illustration: ONCE MORE AND YET ANOTHER TIME.] + +That night, when they had both danced again for the people and Horatio +had given them an acrobatic exhibition, they strolled away through the +evening loaded down with luxuries of all kinds. The villagers went with +them to the outskirts, and called good luck after them. As they passed +into the quiet shadows of the forest they once more heard the barking +of dogs in the distance behind them. + +"We have had a good day, Bosephus," said Horatio, with a long sigh of +satisfaction. "We are on the road to fortune. To be sure, there are +little thorns along the way--" + +"Dogs, for instance--and guns." + +"Trifles, Bosephus; trifles. Don't give them a second thought. Of course +you are only a little boy as yet, and will outgrow these fears." + +"And learn to climb trees." + +"I hope you don't think I climbed that tree out of fear, Bosephus. I +merely went up there to get a better view of my audience. One should +always rise above his audience. And now let us sing softly together as +we go. It will rest us after our day of conquest." + +And touching the strings lightly and singing softly together, the +friends sought leisurely their evening camp. Here and there a light +rustle in the bushes showed that the forest people were listening, and +the leaves of the forest whispered in time to their melody. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE DANCE OF THE FOREST PEOPLE + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh! the night was warm and the moon was bright, + And we pitched our camp in the pale moonlight; + +[Illustration: Music] + + In the pale moonlight and the green, green shade, + And we counted up together all the money we had made." + + +THE little boy jingled the coins in his hands, and sang reflectively to +the Bear's soft music. Their camp fire had died down to a few red +embers, and the big moon hanging in the tree-tops made all the world +white and black, with one bright splash in the brook below. They had +finished their supper, and Bosephus, with the needle and thread given to +him by old Mis' Todd, had patiently mended by the firelight a small rent +in his trouser leg. Horatio, watching him with a grin, had finally +remarked:-- + +"You see, Bo, if you wore clothes like mine you wouldn't have to do +that." + +"And if the dog that did that had got his teeth into your clothes, you'd +have wished they were like mine. Maybe that's why you didn't give him a +chance." + +"Let's count the money, Bo." + +So then they counted up their day's receipts. There was something more +than a dollar in all, and Horatio was much pleased. + +[Illustration: THEIR CAMP-FIRE HAD DIED DOWN.] + +"I tell you, Bo," he said excitedly, "we've made a fine start. By and by +we will earn two or three times that much every day, and be able to +start our bear colony before you know it." + +The little boy fondled the coins over and over. They were the first he +had ever earned. + +"Ratio," he said at last, "don't you suppose when we get a lot of +money--a big lot, I mean--we might give some to those people I used to +live with?" + +Horatio scowled. + +"I thought you said they didn't treat you well and you had to run away." + +"Yes, of course, Ratio; but then they were so poor and maybe they'd have +been better to me if I had been able to earn money for them. They did +take me out of the poor house, you know, and--" + +"And you tried to get back again and got lost and fell in with me. Now +you are sorry and want to go to them, do you?" and the Bear snorted so +fiercely that the little boy trembled. + +"Oh, no! Not for the world! I never was so happy in all my life, only I +just thought--" + +"Then don't think, Bo," interrupted Horatio, gently. "You are only a +little boy. I will do the thinking for this firm. Now for a song, Bo, to +soothe us." + +So then they played and sang softly together while the moon rose and the +fire died out, and the boy poured the money from hand to hand, lovingly. + +"Bosephus," said his companion, as they paused, "were those people you +lived with nice people? Nice fat people, I mean?" + +"Not very. Old Mr. Sugget might have been pretty fat if he'd had more to +eat, but Mis' Sugget wasn't made to get fat, I know. It wasn't her +build." + +"It was the old man that abused you, wasn't it?" + +"Well, mostly." + +"Knocked you about and half starved you?" + +"Sometimes, but then----" + +"Wait, please. I have an idea. When we get our bear colony started we'll +invite this Sugget party to visit us. We'll feed him--all he can eat. By +and by, when he gets fat--how long do you suppose it will take him to +get fat, Bo? Fat enough, I mean?" + +"Fat enough for what?" shivered Bo. + +Horatio drew the horsehair briskly across the strings and looked up at +the moon. + +"Fat enough to be entertaining," he grinned, and began singing:-- + + "Oh, there was an old man and his ways were mighty mean, + And he wasn't very fat and he wasn't very lean, + Till he went to pay a visit to a colony of bears, + Then you couldn't find a nicer man than he was, anywheres." + +While the Bear played the little boy had been watching a slim, moving +shadow that seemed to have drifted out from among the heavier shadows +into the half-lit open space in front of them. As the music ceased it +drifted back again. + +"Play some more, Ratio," he whispered. + +Again the Bear played and again the slim shadow appeared in the +moonlight and presently another and another. Some of them were slender +and graceful; some of them heavier and slower of movement. As the music +continued they swung into a half circle and drew closer. Now and then +the boy caught a glimpse of two shining sparks that kept time and +movement with each. He could hardly breathe in his excitement. + +"Look there, Ratio," he whispered. + +Horatio did not stir. + +"Sh-h!" he said softly. "My friends--the forest people." + +The Bear slackened the music a little as he spoke and the shadows +wavered and drew away. Then he livened the strain and they trooped +forward again eagerly. + +Just then the moon swung clear of the thick trees and the dancers were +in its full flood. The boy watched them with trembling eagerness. + +A tall, catlike creature, erect and graceful, swayed like a phantom in +and out among the others, and seemed to lead. As it came directly in +front of the musicians it turned full front toward them. It was an +immense gray panther. + +At any other time Bo would have screamed. Now he was only fascinated. +Its step was perfect and its long tail waved behind it, like a silver +plume, which the others followed. Two red foxes kept pace with it. Two +gray ones, a little to one side, imitated their movements. In the +background a family of three bears danced so awkwardly that Bo was +inclined to laugh. + +"We will teach them to do better than that when we get our colony," he +said. + +Horatio nodded without pausing. The dancers separated, each group to +itself, the gray panther in the foreground. Spellbound, the boy watched +the beautiful swaying creature. He had been taught to fear the +"painter," as it was called in Arkansaw, but he had no fear now. He +almost felt that he must himself step out into that enchanted circle and +join in the weird dance. + +New arrivals stole constantly out of the darkness to mingle in the +merrymaking. A little way apart a group of rabbits skipped wildly +together, while near them a party of capering wolves had forgotten their +taste for blood. Two plump 'coons and a heavy bodied 'possum, after +trying in vain to keep up with the others, were content to sit side by +side and look on. Other friends, some of whom the boy did not know, +slipped out into the magic circle, and, after watching the others for a +moment, leaped madly into the revel. The instinct of the old days had +claimed them when the wild beasts of the forest and the wood nymphs trod +measures to the pipes of Pan. The boy leaned close to the player. + +"The rest of it!" he whispered. "Play the rest of it!" + +"I am afraid. They have never heard it before." + +"Play it! Play it!" commanded Bo, excitedly. + +There was a short, sharp pause at the end of the next bar, then a sudden +wild dash into the second half of the tune. The prancing animals stopped +as if by magic. For an instant they stood motionless, staring with eyes +like coals. Then came a great rush forward, the gray panther at the +head. The boy saw them coming, but could not move. + +"Sing!" shouted Horatio; "sing!" + +For a second the words refused to come. Then they flooded forth in the +moonlight. Bo could sing, and he had never sung as he did now. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, our singing, yes our singing, all our friends to us 'tis bringing, + For it sets the woods to ringing, and the forest people know + +[Illustration: Music] + + That we do not mean to harm them in their dancing, nor alarm them-- + We are seeking but to charm them with the sounds of long ago." + +[Illustration: THE INSTINCT OF THE OLD DAYS HAD CLAIMED THEM.] + +At the first notes of the boy's clear voice the animals hesitated; then +they crept up slowly and gathered about to listen. They did not resume +dancing to this new strain. Perhaps they wanted to learn it first. Bo +sang on and on. The listening audience never moved. Then Horatio +played very softly, and the singer lowered his voice until it became +like a far off echo. When Bo sang like this he often closed his eyes. He +did so now. + +The music sank lower and lower, until it died away in a whisper. The boy +ceased singing and opening his eyes gazed about him. Here and there he +imagined he heard a slight rustle in the leaves, but the gray panther +was gone. The frisking rabbits and the capering wolves had vanished. The +red and gray foxes, the awkward bears and the rest of that frolicking +throng had melted back into the shadows. So far as he could peer into +the dim forest he was alone with his faithful friend. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +GOOD-BYE TO ARKANSAW + + "Oh, the wind blows cold and the wind blows raw, + When the night comes on in the Arkansaw-- + Yes, the wind blows cold and the snow will fall. + And Bosephus and Horatio must travel through it all." + + +THE little boy's voice quavered as he sang, and his teeth chattered. It +had been more than two months since he started on his travels with +Horatio, and the October nights, even in southern Arkansaw, were +beginning to be chilly. The night before he had in some way got +separated from his friend's warm furry coat and woke shivering. He +kindled a fire now, singing as he worked, while Horatio touched the +chords of his violin pensively. He did not feel the cold. Nature was +providing him with his winter furs. + +"Bo," he said presently, "you'll have to have some heavier clothes. +Either that or we'll have to go farther South. As for me, you know, I +could go to sleep in a hollow tree and not mind the winter, but you +couldn't do it, and I don't intend to, either, this year; we're making +too much money for that." + +Bo laughed in spite of the cold and jingled his pockets. They were more +than half full of coin, and he had a good roll of bills in his jacket +besides. + +"No," he said; "we are getting along too well. We'll be rich by spring +if we keep right on. I'm thinking, though, that we'll never be able to +get South fast enough if we walk." + +"Look here, Bo; you're not thinking about putting me on that cyclone +thing they call a train, are you?" + +"Well, not exactly, but yesterday where we performed I heard a fellow +say that there was a river right close here, and steamboats. You +wouldn't mind a steamboat, would you, Ratio?" + +"Of course not. I don't mind anything. I've always wanted to ride on one +of those trains, only I knew the people would be frightened at me, and +as for a steamboat, why, if I should meet a steamboat coming down the +road--" + +"But steamboats don't come down the roads, Ratio; they go on the water." + +"Water! Water that you drink, and drown things in?" + +"Of course! And if the boat goes down we'll be drowned, too." + +Horatio struck a few notes on the violin before replying. + +"Bo," he said presently, "you're a friend of mine, aren't you? A true +friend?" + +"Yes, Ratio, you know I am." + +"Well, then, don't you go on one of those boats. It would grieve me +terribly if anything should happen to you. I might not be able to save +you, Bo, and then think how lonely I should be." And Horatio put one paw +to his eyes and sobbed. + +"Oh, pshaw, Ratio! Why, I can swim like everything. I'm not afraid." + +"But you couldn't save us both, Bo--I mean, we both couldn't save the +fiddle--it would get wet. Think--think of the fiddle, Bo!" + +The fire was burning brightly by this time and the little boy was +getting warm. He laughed and rubbed his hands and began to sing:-- + + "Oh, we're going down the river on a great big boat, + And Horatio's so excited he can hardly play a note, + For he never liked the water and he never learned to swim, + And he thinks if he goes sailing now his chances will be slim." + +Horatio stopped short and snorted angrily. + +"I want you to understand," he said, sharply, "that I'm not afraid of +anything. You'll please remember that night when the forest people +danced and you thought your time had come, how I saved you by making you +sing. There's nothing I fear. Why if--" + +But what Horatio was about to say will never be known, for at that +moment there came such a frightful noise as neither of them had ever +heard before. It came from everywhere at once, and seemed to fill all +the sky and set the earth to trembling. It was followed by two or three +fierce snorts and a dazzling gleam of light through the trees. The +little boy was startled, and as for the Bear, he gave one wild look and +fled. In his fright he did not notice a small shrub, and, tripping over +it, he fell headlong into a clump of briars, where he lay, groaning +dismally that he was killed and that the world was coming to an end. + +Suddenly Bosephus gave a shout of laughter. + +"Get up, Ratio," he called, "it's our steamboat! We're right near the +river and didn't know it. They're landing, too, and we can go right +aboard." + +The groaning ceased and there was a labored movement among the briars. + +Presently Horatio crept out, very much crestfallen, and picked up the +violin, which in his haste he had dropped. + +"Bo," he said, sheepishly, "I never told you about it before, but I am +subject to fits. I had one just then. They come on suddenly that way. +All my family have them and act strangely at times. I'm sure you don't +think for a moment that I was frightened just now." + +[Illustration: HE FELL HEADLONG.] + +"Oh, no, of course not. You merely picked out that briar patch as a good +place to have a fit in. Do you always think the world's coming to an +end when you are taken that way?" + +"We'll go right aboard, Bo; you are a little timid, no doubt, so I'll +lead the way." And Horatio stepped out briskly toward the lights and +voices and the landing steamer. + +A few steps brought them out to the river bank and a full view of the +boat that had crept silently around a bend to the woodyard, where it was +halting to take on fuel. The gang plank had not been pushed out to the +bank as yet, but a white ray of light shot from a small window to the +dark shore and looked exactly like a narrow board. The boy and the Bear +were both deceived by it, and Horatio in his eagerness to show his +bravery did not pause to investigate. + +"Take the fiddle, Bo," he said, loftily, "and I'll show you how to get +on a boat. You should always be brave, Bosephus." + +Bosephus took the instrument and Horatio, with arms extended as a +balance, stepped straight out into nothing and vanished. There was a +sudden splash, a growl, a scrambling sound in the shallow water and +Horatio's head appeared above the bank. Bosephus, at first frightened, +was now doubled with laughter. + +"Oh, Ratio," he gasped, "how funny of you to try to walk on a moonbeam!" + +Horatio shook himself and sniffed angrily. A wide gang plank was now +being lowered from the boat, and as it touched the bank the boy stepped +quickly aboard, followed by the wet, shambling Bear. + + "Oh, there was an Old Bear on a dark, dark night, + Who tried to walk on a beam of light," + +sang Bo, as he crossed the plank, + + "But the beam wouldn't hold and the Bear broke through, + And now Horatio follows, as Horatio ought to do." + +"Hello!" called a voice. "Where did you come from?" + +Bo looked up and saw a brawny man with a group of wondering negroes +behind him. + +"We are travelling," said Bo, "and we want to go down the river. We can +pay our way and will make music for you, too." + +"Good boy," said the mate. "Go right up and report to the clerk, then +come back down here, and after we get this wood loaded we'll give you +some supper and you can give us a show." + +On the upper deck the few passengers gathered around and made much of +the arrivals. All asked questions at once, and Bo answered as best he +could. Horatio kept silent--he never talked except when he was alone +with Bo. The boy kept his hand on the Bear's head, and when the boat +backed away and puffed down stream he felt his big friend tremble, but a +little later, when they had had a good supper, Ratio's fear passed off, +and on the lower deck, where all hands collected, the friends gave an +entertainment that not only won for them free passage down the river, +but a good collection besides. It was far in the night when the +performance ended. The officers, passengers and crew kept calling for +more, and the travellers were anxious to accommodate them. The negroes +went wild over the music, and patted and danced crazily whenever Horatio +played. Finally Bo sang a good night song:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Now, we've had a lot of music, and we've had some supper, too, + And we're sailing down the river in a little steam canoe, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And we love to be obliging with our music, but it seems + That we ought to go a-sailing to the land of pleasant dreams. + +[Illustration: THE NEGROES WENT WILD OVER THE MUSIC.] + +[Illustration: THE LITTLE BOY WAS IN THE LAND OF DREAMS.] + +[Illustration: Music] + + And I must not fail to mention we enjoy your kind attention, + And the favors you have shown to us have filled us with delight, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And to-morrow we will play for you and sing our songs so gay for you, + But now you will excuse us if we say--good--night." + +Bosephus and Horatio were both offered staterooms on the upper deck, but +Horatio preferred to sleep outside, and the little boy said he would +sleep there also. Horatio sat up for some moments after Bo had stretched +himself to rest, looking at the dark wooded banks and the starlight on +the water behind them. + +"Bo," he said, at last, "we are going to see the world now, sure +enough." + +"Yes, Ratio," was the sleepy answer. + +"Bo, do you suppose our camp fire is still burning back yonder?" + +No answer. + +"I hate to leave old Arkansaw, don't you, Bo?" + +But the little boy was in the land of dreams. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +AN EXCITING RACE + + "Sailing down the river so early in the morn, + Sailing down the river so early in the morn, + Sailing down the river so early in the morn, + Never was so happy since the day that I was born." + + +THE boat on which Horatio and Bosephus had taken their passage made no +landings during the night, and the little boy and the big Bear slept +soundly on the deck together. Rather too soundly, as will be seen later. +At daybreak the next morning Bosephus was wide awake, singing softly and +watching through the mist the queer forms of the cypress trees, with the +long Spanish moss swinging from the limbs. Horatio, hearing the singing, +rubbed his eyes and sat up. He had never been so far South before, so +the scenery was new to both of them, and when they came to open spaces +and saw that the shores were only a few inches higher than the river and +that fields of waving green came right to the water's edge they were +both pleased and surprised at this new world. The climate had changed, +too, and the air was warm and spring-like. + +"I tell you, Bo," said Horatio grandly, "there's nothing like travel. +You're a lucky boy, Bo, to fall in with me. Why, the way you've come out +in the last few months is wonderful. Of course, there is a good deal of +room yet for improvement, and there are still some things that you are +rather timid of, but when I remember how you looked the first minute I +saw you, and then to see the sociable way you sit up and talk to me now, +you really don't seem like the same boy, Bosephus, you really don't." + +The little boy leaned up close to his companion. + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo," + +he sang softly, remembering their first meeting. + + "Went out into the woods when the moon was low," + +added the Bear, strumming lightly the strings of the violin. + + "And he met an Old Bear that was hungry for a snack, + And the folks are still awaiting for Bosephus to come back." + +they continued together in a half whisper. + +"Ratio," said the little boy, confidentially, "did you really intend +to--to have me--you know, Ratio--for--for supper until I taught you the +tune? Did you, Ratio?" + +Horatio gazed away across a broad cane field, where the first streak of +sunrise was beginning to show. + + "For the boy became the teacher of the kind and gentle creature + Who could play upon the fiddle in a very skilful way," + +he sang dreamily, and then both together once more:-- + + "Now he'll never, never leave him, and he'll never, never grieve him, + And we're singing here together at the break--of--day." + +"This is very pleasant travelling," commented Horatio thoughtfully. "It +beats walking, at least for speed and comfort. Of course, there are a +number of places we cannot reach by boat," he added, regretfully. + +"Not in Southern Louisiana, Ratio. I've heard that there's a regular +tangle of rivers and bayous all over the country, and that boats go +everywhere." + +Horatio looked pleased. + +"Aren't you glad now, Bo," he said proudly, "that I proposed this boat +business? I have always wanted to travel this way. I was afraid at first +that you might not take to it very well, and when that whistle blew +last night I could see that you were frightened. It was unfortunate that +I should have had a fit just then or I might have calmed you. You saw +how anxious I was to go aboard. Of course, in being over brave I made a +slight mistake. I am always that way. All my family are. One really +ought to be less reckless about some things, but somehow none of my +family ever knew what fear was. We----" + +But just then the boat concluded to land, and the morning stillness was +torn into shreds by its frightful whistle. Horatio threw up both hands +and fell backward on the deck, where he lay pawing the air wildly. Then +he stuffed his paws into his ears and howled as he kicked with his hind +feet. Bo stood over him and shouted that there was no danger, but his +voice made no sound in that awful thunder. All at once Horatio sprang up +and jammed his head under Bo's arm, trembling like a jellyfish. Then the +noise stopped, and with one or two more hoarse shouts ceased entirely. + +"It's all right, Ratio, come out!" said Bo, trying to stop laughing. + +Horatio felt of his ears a moment to see that they were still there, +while he looked skittishly in the direction of the dreadful whistle and +started violently at the quick snorts of the escaping steam. + +"Bo," he said faintly, "do all boats do that?" + +"Oh, yes! Some worse than others. This one isn't very bad." + +"I'm sorry, Bo, for it is a great drawback to travel where one is +subject to fits as I am. It seems to bring them on. And it is not kind +of you to laugh at my affliction, either, Bosephus," he added, for Bo +had dropped down on the deck, where he was rolling and holding his +sides. + +[Illustration: HE STUFFED HIS PAWS INTO HIS EARS.] + +All at once the boy lay perfectly still. Then he sprang up with every +bit of laugh gone out of his face. His left hand grasped the outside of +his jacket, while with his right hand he dived down into the inside +pocket like mad. The Bear watched him anxiously. + +"What is it, Bo? Have you got one, too?" he asked. + +"Horatio!" gasped the boy. "Our money! It's gone!" + +"Gone! Gone! Where?" + +"Stolen. Some of those niggers did it while we were asleep!" + +The Bear reflected a moment. Then he said thoughtfully:-- + +"Do you suppose, Bo, it was that nice fat one?" + +"I shouldn't wonder a bit. I saw him watch every penny I took in last +night." + +Horatio licked out his tongue eagerly. + +"Could I have him if it was?" he asked hungrily. + +"Have him! How?" said Bo. Then he shuddered. "Oh! no, not that way--of +course not. But I'll tell you, Ratio," he added, "we'll make him believe +that you can, and frighten him into giving up the money." + +Horatio frowned. + +"I don't like make-believes," he grumbled. "Can't we let the money go +this time and not have any make-believe?" + +"Not much--we want that money right now, before the boat lands; then +we'll go ashore and get out of such a crowd. Come, Ratio." + +No one was stirring on the upper deck as yet, but the crew was collected +below where the second mate was shouting orders as the boat swung slowly +into the bank. They boy and Bear dashed down the stairs. + +[Illustration: "OUR MONEY! IT IS GONE!"] + +"Wait!" shouted Bo to the officer. "Somebody on this boat last night +stole our money, and I want my Bear to find him. It won't take but a +minute, for he can tell a thief at sight when he's mad and hungry, and +he's mad now, and hungry for dark meat!" The boy looked straight into +the crowd of negroes, while the Bear growled fiercely and fixed his eye +on the fat darky. + +The crew fell back and the fat darky with a howl started to run. + +"That's the one! That's the thief!" shouted Bo, and with a snarl Horatio +bounded away in pursuit. Down the narrow gangway to the stern of the +boat, then in a circle around a lot of cotton, they ran like mad, the +Bear getting closer to the negro every minute. Then back again to the +bow in a straight stretch, the thief blue with fright and Horatio's eyes +shining with hungry anticipation. The rest of the crew looked on and +cheered. Suddenly, as the fat darky passed Bo, he jerked a sack from his +pocket and flung it behind him. + +"Dar's yo' money! Dar's yo' money!" he shouted. "Call off yo' B'ar!" + +But that was not so easy. Bosephus shouted frantically at Horatio, but +he did not seem to hear. His blood was up, and his taste for dark meat +was stronger than his love of money. As the two came clattering around +the second time he was so close to his prey that with a quick swipe he +got quite a piece of his shirt. With a wild yell the fat fugitive leaped +over into the river and struck out for shore. + +Horatio paused. His half open jaws were dripping and his eyes red and +fiery with disappointment. Bo went up to him gently. + +"Come, Ratio," he whispered. + +The Bear paid no heed. He was watching his escaped prey, who had reached +the shore and was disappearing in a great canefield. + +[Illustration: THE FAT FUGITIVE LEAPED OVER INTO THE RIVER.] + +"Come!" Bo whispered again. "We'll go ashore, too." + +Horatio wheeled eagerly. The gangplank was being lowered, and he hurried +Bo out on it, so that when it touched the bank he was all ready to give +chase again. + +"No, wait; some music first," said Bo. "I have thought of some new lines +for the second part of the tune." + +For a moment Horatio hesitated. Then the temptation of the music was +stronger even than his appetite, and, throwing his violin into position, +he began to play. The passengers, roused by the excitement, had gathered +on the upper deck. The crew coming ashore below paused to listen. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh! there was a fat darky with an appetite for wealth, + And the only way to get it was to capture it by stealth, + +[Illustration: Music] + + But when it came to keep it, his chances were so small, + He concluded that he really didn't care for it at all. + +[Illustration: Music] + + For we placed him and we faced him, and my bear Horatio chased him-- + In a manner most surprising he pursued him to and fro-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + And we hope we do not grieve you, but we feel that we must leave you, + For the Southern sun is rising, and we're bound--to--go." + +The crew cheered and the passengers on the upper deck shouted and waved +their handkerchiefs. + +"Don't go!" they called. "Don't leave us!" But the friends turned their +faces to the East and set out on a broad white road that led away to the +sunrise. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +HORATIO'S MOONLIGHT ADVENTURE + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Rooster in de chicken coop crowin' foh day, + Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay!' + +[Illustration: Music] + + Ducks in de yard goin' 'Quack, quack, quack!' + Guineas in de tree tops goin' 'Rack-pot-rack!'" + + +DURING the two weeks since they had come to the land of sugar-cane +Horatio and Bosephus had learned some of the old negro songs of +Louisiana and sang them to their own music. They were doing so now as +they marched along the bank of a quiet bayou, where the blue grass came +to the water's edge and the long Spanish moss from big live oak trees +swung down twenty feet or more till it almost touched the water. They +had had a good day and were going to camp. + +"Bo," said the Bear presently, "we are doing well. We are making money, +Bo." + +"Fifty dollars since we left the boat," said the little boy. + +"These fat babies--little darky babies--are very amusing, too, Bosephus, +don't you think so?" Horatio added, nodding in the direction of some +they were just then passing. + +[Illustration: "THESE LITTLE DARKEY BABIES ARE VERY--AMUSING."] + +"I notice that you think so," said Bo, dryly. "If you'll take my advice, +though, you won't show any special fondness for them. People might not +understand your ways, you know, and besides," he added, with a grin, +"I've heard say these darkies down here are mighty fond of bear meat, +and there's such a lot of them----" + +"Don't you mention it, Bo; I never dreamed of such a thing as you are +hinting at." + +"Well, you said you were dreaming yesterday when we met that little +darky boy, and you nearly tore the jacket off of him before I could wake +you up with a club." + +Horatio drew his bow hastily across the strings and began singing-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Keemo, kimo, kilgo, kayro, + Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay!' + +[Illustration: Music] + + Rop strop, periwinkle, little yaller nigger, + Cum a rop strop bottle till the break of day." + +The sun was just setting behind a large, white, old fashioned sugar +house, where the bayou turned, and made it look like an ancient castle. +The little boy sighed. He had never believed that any country could be +so beautiful as this, and he wanted to stay in it forever. Horatio liked +it, too. They had played and danced at many of the sugar houses, and the +Bear had been given everywhere all the waste sugar he could eat. He was +fond of the green cane also, and was nearly always chewing a piece when +they were not busy with a performance. But the big fellow had never +quite overcome his old savage nature, and the race on the steamboat had +roused it more fiercely than ever. The fat pickaninnies were a constant +temptation to him, and it had taken all Bo's watchfulness to keep him +out of dreadful mischief. Bo never feared for himself. Horatio loved him +and had even become afraid of him. It was for Horatio that he feared, +for he knew that death would be sure and swift if one of the +pickaninnies was even so much as scratched, not to mention anything +worse that might happen. Again the little boy sighed as they turned into +a clean grassy place and made ready for camp. + +Long after Bosephus was asleep Horatio sat by the dying camp fire, +thinking. By and by he rose and walked out to the bank of the bayou and +looked toward the sugar house that lay white in the moonlight, half a +mile away. Then he went back to where Bo was asleep and picked up the +violin. Then he laid it down again, as though he had changed his mind, +and slipped away through the shadows in the direction of the old sugar +house. He said to himself that, as they were going in that direction and +would stop there next day, he might as well see how the road went and +what kind of a place it was. He did not own, even to himself, that it +was the negro cabins and fat pickaninnies that were in his mind, and +that down in his heart was a wicked and savage purpose. Every little way +he paused and seemed about to turn back, but he kept on. By and by he +drew near the sugar house and saw the double row of whitewashed huts in +the moonlight. It was later than he had supposed and the crowds of +little darkies that were usually playing outside had gone to bed. He +sighed and was about to turn back when suddenly he saw something +capering about near the shed of the sugar house. He slipped up nearer +and a fierce light came into his eyes. It was a little negro boy doing a +hoo-doo dance in the moonlight. + +[Illustration: HE SLIPPED AWAY THROUGH THE SHADOWS.] + +Suddenly the little fellow turned and saw the Bear glaring at him. +Horatio was between him and the cabins. The boy gave one wild shriek and +dashed through a small open door that led into the blackness of the +sugar house, the Bear following close behind. It was one of the old +Creole sugar houses where the syrup is poured out into open vessels to +cool and harden. The little darky knew his way and Horatio didn't. He +stumbled and fell, and growled and tried to follow the flying shadow +that was skipping and leaping and begging, "Oh, Mars Debbil! Oh, please, +Mars Debbil, lemme go dis time, an' I nevah do so no mo'. Nevah do no +mo' hoo-doo, Mars Debbil; oh, please, Mars Debbil, lemme go!" + +But Horatio was getting closer and closer and in another moment would +seize him. Then, suddenly, something happened. The Bear stumbled and, +half falling, stepped into one of the big shallow wooden vessels. He +felt his hind feet break through something like crusted ice and sink a +foot or more into a heavy, thick substance below. When he tried to lift +them they only sank deeper. Then he knew what was the matter. He had +stepped into a mass of hardening sugar and was a prisoner! His forefeet +were free, but he dared not struggle with them for fear of getting them +fast, too. The little darky, who thought the devil had stopped to rest, +was huddled together in a corner not daring to move. Horatio remembered +Bo sleeping safely in their camp and began to weep for his own +wickedness. In the morning men would come with axes and guns. Why had he +not heeded Bo? Half seated on the crusted sugar he gave himself up to +sorrow and despair. + + * * * * * + +It was early morning when Bo awoke. He was surprised to see that Horatio +was not beside him, for the boy was usually first awake. He called +loudly. Then, as the moments passed and the Bear did not come, he grew +uneasy. Suddenly a terrible suspicion flashed over him. He sprang to his +feet and seizing the violin that lay beside him set forth on a run in +the direction of the white sugar house. He knew Horatio would go there +because it was nearest, and he felt certain that something dreadful had +happened. The incident of the day before made him almost sure of +Horatio's errand, and he feared the worst. No doubt they had caught and +killed him by this time, and what would he do now without his faithful +friend? + +[Illustration: SUDDENLY THE LITTLE FELLOW TURNED.] + +He ran faster and faster. As he drew near the sugar house he heard a +great commotion. For a moment he stopped. If Horatio had done something +terrible and they had caught him perhaps it would be dangerous to +interfere. The next moment he rushed on. Horatio was his friend and he +would save his life if possible, unless----. He did not think any +further, but flew on. As he dashed into the cane yard he saw crowds +gathering and men running with axes and clubs. Others had guns and cane +knives, and all were crowding toward the big doors of the sugar house, +that were now thrown open. Inside he heard shouts, mingled with +Horatio's fierce growls. His friend was still alive. + +Without pausing he rushed through the doors and saw a circle of negro +men gathered about the big wooden trough where the Bear was a prisoner, +snapping and growling and trying to get free. The little pickaninny who, +in spite of his fright, had slept all night in the corner, was there, +too, and the men with axes and other weapons had entered with Bo. There +was not a second to be lost. + +"Wait!" screamed Bo; "wait!" And tearing through the astonished crowd he +thrust the violin into Horatio's hands. + +"Play!" he shouted. "Play for your worthless life!" + +Horatio did not need to be told again. He reached for the violin and +bow, and sitting in the now solid sugar struck the strings wildly. + + "Rooster in de chicken coop, crowin' foh day; + Horses in de stable goin' 'Nay, nay, nay;' + Ducks in de yard goin' 'Quack, quack, quack!' + Guineas in de tree tops, goin' 'Rack-pot-rack!'" + +Horatio fiddled furiously, while Bo shouted and sang and the crowd +joined in. They all knew this song, and as they sang they forgot all +else. Axes and guns and clubs were dropped as young and old fell into +the swing of the music. + + "Keemo, kimo, kilgo, kayro; + Fleero, fliro, flav-o-ray; + Rop strop, periwinkle, little yaller nigger, + Cum a rop strop bottle till de break--of--day!" + +You could hear the noise for a mile. They danced and shouted and sang, +and work was forgotten. After a long time, when they were tired out, Bo +took one of the axes and carefully broke the now solid sugar away from +Ratio's feet and set him free. Then they brought water and washed his +hind paws and he danced for them. + +After dinner, when the friends started out on their journey, the crowd +followed them for nearly a mile. When all were gone Horatio turned to Bo +and said:-- + +"I am glad you came just as you did, Bo." + +"I should rather think you would be," said Bo, grimly. + +"Because," continued Horatio, "if you hadn't I might have damaged some +of those fellows, and I know you wouldn't have liked that, Bosephus." He +looked at the little boy very humbly as he said this, expecting a severe +lecture. But the little boy made no reply, and down in his heart the big +Bear at that moment made a solemn and good resolve. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +SWEET AND SOUR + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, we're down in the land where the jasmine blows, + And the cypress waves and the orange grows, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And the song bird nests in the climbing rose-- + And all the girls are beautiful, and milk and honey flows." + + +HORATIO paused in his playing and looked at Bosephus, who was ready to +sing another stanza. + +"Look here, Bo," he said gravely, "that sounds very pretty and may be +very good poetry and true enough, but I wouldn't get to singing too much +about jasmine and song birds and climbing roses if I were you, and +especially girls. You are only a little boy, and besides, I can't see +that there is any difference in girls, except that some are plump and +some are not, and that isn't any difference to me, now," and the Bear +sighed and strummed on his violin gently. + +"Oh, pshaw, Ratio! There's lots of difference. Some girls are yellow and +sour as a lemon, while some are as pink and sweet and blooming as a +creole rose"---- + +"Bosephus," interrupted the Bear gravely, "you've got a touch of the +swamp fever. Let me see your tongue!" + +Bo stuck out his tongue. + +"My tongue's all right," he grinned. "That kind of fever's in the +heart." + +Horatio looked alarmed. + +"You must take something for it right away, Bo," he declared. "I can't +have you singing silly songs about jasmine and cypress and girls in milk +and honey. You know we haven't seen any honey since we left Arkansaw, +and I'd travel all the way back there on foot to rob one good honey +tree. I'm getting tired of so much of this stuff they call sugar and +cane and the like." + +"Why they have honey here, Ratio, too. I haven't seen any bee trees, but +I've seen plenty of bees. I suppose they are in hives--boxes that people +keep for them to live in." + +"Where do they have those boxes, Bo?" + +"Well, in their yards mostly; generally out by the back fence." + +"Could we rob them?" + +"Well, I shouldn't like to try it." + +The Bear walked along some distance in silence. The boy was also +thinking and singing softly to himself. He was very happy. Presently he +looked up and saw just ahead, in a field near the road, a tree loaded +with oranges. + +"Look, Ratio!" he said. "Don't you wish we had some of those?" + +The Bear looked up and began to lick out his tongue. + +"Climb over and get some, Bo," he said eagerly. + +"Not much. I haven't forgotten the roasting ears and the watermelon we +got from old man Todd in Arkansaw. We might go to the house and ask for +some. + +"Nonsense, Bosephus. Watch me!" + +He handed Bo the fiddle, and running lightly to the hedge cleared it at +a bound. + +"Fine!" shouted Bo. + +Horatio, without pausing, hurried over to the tree. + +"Funny they should leave those oranges so late," thought the little boy +as he watched him. + +Swinging himself to the first limb, the Bear shook off a lot of the fine +yellow fruit, and climbing down, gathered in his arms all he could +carry. As he did so there came a loud barking of dogs, and without +looking behind him he started to run. He dropped a few of the oranges, +but kept straight on, the two huge dogs that had appeared getting closer +and closer. As he reached the hedge he once more made a grand leap, but +the oranges prevented him doing so well as before. His foot caught in +the top branches and he rolled over and over in the dusty road, the +oranges flying in every direction. The dogs behind the hedge barked and +raged. + +Horatio rose, dusty and panting, but triumphant. + +"You see, Bo," he said, "what it is to be brave. You can fill your +pockets now with these delicious oranges." + +He picked up one as he spoke, and brushing off the dust, bit it in half +cheerfully. Then Bo, who was watching him, saw a strange thing take +place. The half orange flew out of the Bear's mouth as from a popgun, +and his face became so distorted that the boy thought his friend was +having a spasm. Suddenly he whirled, and making a rush at the fallen +oranges, began to kick them in every direction, coughing and spitting +every second. The two dogs looking over the hedge stopped barking to +enjoy the fun. One of the oranges rolled to Bo's feet. He picked it up +and smelled it. Then rubbing it on his coat he bit into it. It was not a +large bite, but it was enough. The tears rolled from his eyes and every +tooth in his head jumped. Such a mixture of stinging sour and bitter he +had never dreamed of. It grabbed him by the throat and shook him until +his bones cracked. The top of his head seemed coming loose, and his ears +fairly snapped. Then he realized what Horatio must be suffering, and +laughed in spite of himself. + +[Illustration: FLEW OUT OF HIS MOUTH AS FROM A POP GUN.] + +"They are mock oranges, Ratio," he shouted, "and they are mocking us for +stealing them!" + +Horatio had seated himself by the roadside and was snorting and clawing +at his tongue. + +"I must have some honey, Bo," he said, "to take away that dreadful +taste. You must find me some honey, Bo." + +"You see, Ratio," said the little boy, "it doesn't pay to take things." + +"Bosephus," said the Bear, "a man who will plant a tree like that so +near the road deceives wilfully and should be punished." + +They walked along slowly, the two dogs barking after them from behind +the hedge. + +Just beyond the next bend in the road a beautiful plantation came into +view. They turned into the cane yard and immediately the workhands +surrounded them. Horatio felt better by this time, and they began a +performance. First Bo sang and then Horatio gave a gymnastic exhibition. +Then at last Bo sang a closing verse as follows:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Now our little show is ended, and we hope you think it splendid, + And we trust we've not offended or displeased you anywhere, + +[Illustration: Music] + + You have paid us to be funny, and we thank you for the money, + But I'd like a little honey for the Old--Black--Bear. + +Horatio smiled when he heard this, and the planter who was listening +sent one of the servants to the house. He came out soon with a piece of +fresh honey on a plate. He offered it to Horatio, who handed Bo the +violin, and seizing the plate, swallowed the honey at one gulp. This +made the crowd shout and laugh, and then Bo shook hands with the planter +and said good-bye, and all the darkies came up and wanted to shake +hands, too. When he had shaken hands all around the little boy turned to +look for Horatio. He was nowhere in sight. The others had not noticed +him slip away. + +Bo was troubled. When Horatio disappeared like that it meant mischief. +He had promised reform as to pickaninnies, but Bo was never quite sure. +He was about to ask the people to run in every direction in search of +his comrade when there was a sudden commotion in the back door yard, and +a moment later a black figure dashed through the gate with something +under its arm. It was Horatio! The crowd of darkies took one look and +scattered. The thing under Horatio's arm was a square, box looking +affair, and out of it was streaming a black, living cloud. + +"Bees!" shouted the people as they fled. "Bees! Bees!" + +Bo understood instantly. The taste of honey had made Horatio greedy for +more. He had gone in search of it and returned with hive and all. There +was a clump of tall weeds just behind the little boy, and he dropped +down into them. They hid him from view, and none too soon, for the Bear +dashed past, snorting and striking at the swarm of stingers that not +only covered him, but fiercely attacked everything in sight. Howls began +to come from some of the hands that had failed to find shelter in time, +and Bo, peeping out between the weeds, saw half a dozen darkies +frantically trying to open the big door of the sugar house, which had +been hastily closed by those within, while the angry bees were pelting +furiously at the unfortunates. + +[Illustration: THE BEAR DASHED PAST, SNORTING.] + +As for Horatio, he was coated with bees that were trying to sting +through his thick fur. He did not mind them at first, but presently +they began to get near his eyes. With a snarl he dropped the hive and +began to paw and strike with both hands. Then they swarmed about him +worse than ever, and, half blinded, he began to run around and around +with no regard as to direction. Every darky in sight fled like the wind. +Some of them ran out of the gate and down the road, and without seeing +them, perhaps, the Bear suddenly leaped the fence and set out in the +same direction. Glancing back, they saw him coming and began to shriek +and scatter into the fields. + +Bo waited some minutes; then, noticing that the maddened insects were no +longer buzzing viciously over him, he crept out and followed. He still +held the violin and was glad enough to get away from the plantation. The +bees had followed the fugitive, and the boy kept far enough behind to be +out of danger. By and by he met bees coming back, but perhaps they were +tired or thought he belonged to another crowd, for they did not molest +him. A mile further on he found Horatio sitting in the road rocking and +groaning and throwing dust on himself. His eyes and nose were swollen in +great knots, and his ears were each puffed up like little balloons. The +bees had left him, but his sorrow was at its height. + +"Hello, Ratio! Having fun all alone?" asked Bo as he came up. + +"Oh, Bo, this has been an awful day!" was the wailing reply. "First +those terrible oranges and then these millions and millions of murderous +bees. And now I am blind, Bo, and dying. Tell me, Bo, how do I look?" + +"Oh, you look all right. Your nose looks like a big potato and your ears +like two little ones. I can't tell you how your eyes are, for they don't +show, but your whole skin looks as if it had been stuffed full of apples +and put on in a hurry." + +"Bo," said Horatio meekly, "did you bring the fiddle?" + +[Illustration: HE FOUND HORATIO SITTING IN THE ROAD, ROCKING AND +GROANING.] + +"Well, yes; I thought it might happen that we'd need it again." + +Horatio put out his paw for it. The boy gave it to him and he ran the +bow gently over the strings. + +"Sing, Bo," he pleaded. "Sing that song about jasmine and cypress and +climbing roses. It will soothe me. Sing about girls, too, if you want +to, but leave out the oranges, Bo, and put in something else besides +honey in the last line." + +"Ratio," said Bo, "you've got a touch of the swamp fever. Let me see +your tongue!" + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +IN JAIL AT LAST + + "Oh, the sky is blue and the sun is high, + And the days roll 'round, and the weeks go by----" + + +"BO," interrupted Horatio, softly; "what's that over there on the bank +that looks like a man all in a wad?" + +The little boy was singing along through the sweet Louisiana afternoon, +putting into his song whatever came into his head:-- + + "And I turn, and I look, and what do I see? + Someone's left his bundle by a live oak tree." + +"What do you suppose is in that bundle, Bo?" asked the Bear, anxiously. + +"Oh, I don't know. Old clothes, from the looks of it. The owner isn't +far off. + + "When a coat and vest and hat, and pair of trousers you espy, + You can bet your bottom dollar there's a man close by." + +Horatio looked in every direction. Then he walked over to the clothes. + +"Why," said Bo, following; "I guess somebody's taking a swim. Come on, +Ratio. Remember the honey and the oranges." + +But the Bear was curious. He picked up the hat and set it on his head. +Bo laughed lazily. Then Horatio laid down his violin and slipped one +arm into the waistcoat, trying vainly to reach with the other. Bo +good-naturedly helped him. The little boy felt in the humor for fun, and +Horatio looked too comical. + +"Better not put on the coat," said Bo. "It might not be big enough and +if you tore it the owner would make us pay for it." + +But Horatio was excited. + +"Hurry, Bo! Help me on with it. How do I look, Bo? I think I'll dress +this way all the time, hereafter. Is my hat becoming, Bo?" + + "Oh, there was an Old Bear in a hat and a coat," + +sang Bo, but he got no further, for suddenly close by there was a loud +yell, and without pausing to look behind Horatio made a wild dash in the +other direction, followed by the little boy. Glancing back as they ran, +Bo saw that they were pursued by a tall white man. He had paused only a +second to slip on his boots and trousers, and was coming after them full +speed. In one hand he carried a revolver, in the other Horatio's violin. + +"Shed 'em!" he shouted. "Shed them clothes or I'll shoot!" + +"Shed 'em!" echoed Bo. "Shed 'em, Horatio!" + +The bear slipped off the coat and flung it behind him. + +"Shed 'em!" shouted the man again, and the waistcoat followed. + +"I won't give up the hat, Bo!" panted Horatio. + +[Illustration: "HOW DO I LOOK, BO?"] + +But Horatio was mistaken, for at that instant the world beneath his feet +suddenly opened and he disappeared. Before the boy could check himself +he plunged after the Bear and was struggling in the deep waters of a +bayou that came to a level with the bank and was covered thickly and +concealed by fallen leaves. Rising to the surface he found Horatio +clinging to a fallen tree and the man, who had now overtaken them, +holding out a limb, which the little boy gladly seized. The hat had +been already rescued. + +"Well, you're a nice pair!" said their captor. "To run away with a man's +clothes and then go headlong into the bayou and get his hat all wet! I'm +glad you didn't have that fiddle, or you'd a-ruined it. I've bin wantin' +a good fiddle a long time, an' this here looks like a good one. Come out +o' that, now, an' we'll take a walk up toward the jail. I happen to be +constable of this here community." + +Bo groaned as he was dragged to shore. He did not mind the wetting, for +the weather was warm, but now they had lost the violin and would be +taken to jail. Of course they would lose all their money. Perhaps +Horatio would be killed. The Bear only blinked and shook himself when he +had been also towed to the bank and had scrambled out. + +"I hope you won't take us to jail, sir," said Bo. "My Bear was +mischievous, but he didn't mean any harm, and I have a little money I'll +give you if you'll return us the violin and let us go." + +"You come along with me!" answered the man, sternly. "It'll take more +money than you've got to pay your fine, an' as fer that chap, we don't +want no bears roamin' loose aroun' here. March on ahead there, an' don't +try none o' your tricks." + +The constable cocked his revolver, and boy and Bear hurriedly started in +the direction of the village that showed above the trees about a mile +further on. + +Bo was afraid to speak to their captor again, and as he never talked +with Horatio except when they were alone, they marched along +disconsolately and in silence. Now and then the man strummed on the +violin and chuckled to himself. + +[Illustration: "SHED THEM CLOTHES OR I'LL SHOOT!"] + +When they got to the village everybody came out to look at them. The man +called out his story as they went along, and the people laughed and +jeered. Heretofore the friends had entered Louisiana villages in +triumph. Now, for the first time, they came dishonored and disgraced. +Poor Horatio looked very downcast. He knew that he was to blame for it +all. + +When they got to the court room they found that the Justice of the Peace +was away fishing, so they were lodged in jail for the night. It was only +a little one room affair, with two small iron-barred windows, quite high +from the ground. Boys climbed up and looked through these windows and +threw stones and coal in at Horatio, who huddled in a corner. By and by +the officer came with a plate of supper for Bo. He drove the boys away +and left the friends together. There was no supper for the Bear, so the +little boy divided with him. + +"Bo," said Horatio, tearfully, "it was my fault. They'll let you go, +and, and--I hope they'll give you my skin, Bo." + +Then they went to sleep. + + * * * * * + +Early next morning there was a crowd around the jail. The Justice had +returned and the people wanted to see the fun. The friends were hustled +into court by the constable, the crowd stepping back to let Horatio +pass. The justice was rather a young man and had a good-natured face, +which made Bo more hopeful. But when they heard the constable make his +charge against them, both lost heart. They were accused of stealing and +damages and a lot of other things that they could not understand. The +Justice listened and then turned to the prisoners. + +"What have you to say for yourselves?" he asked, looking straight at Bo. +At first the little boy tried to speak and could not. The court room was +still--every one waiting to hear what he was about to say. All at once +an idea came to him. + +"Please, sir," he trembled, "if you will let my Bear have the violin we +will plead our case together." + +"What violin? What does the boy mean?" asked the Justice, turning to the +constable. + +"Oh, an ole fiddle they dropped when they took my clothes. I lef' it +down 't the house this morning." + +Bo's heart sank. It was their only chance. He was about to give up when +suddenly there came another gleam of hope, though very faint. Wheeling +quickly toward the sorrow stricken Bear he shouted:-- + +"Perform for them, Horatio! Perform!" + +The words acted on Horatio like a shock of electricity. He straightened +up with a snort that caused the crowd to fall back, knocking each other +over like dominos. Then he made a bound into the open space and stood on +his head. Then with a spring backward he landed on his feet, and waved a +bow to the Justice! Another bound and he was walking on his hands and +then, after another bow to the Court, he turned a series of somersaults +so rapidly that he looked like a great wheel! When he landed on his feet +this time, and bowed once more to the Court, the crowd broke out into a +mighty cheer of applause. + +"Order!" shouted the Justice. "Order!" + +It grew still, and the little boy looked at the Court anxiously. + +"Please, Your Honor," he said humbly, "that's our case." + +"Case!" roared the Justice. "Well, I should say that was a case of fits +and revolution." + +At this the crowd cheered again until they were rapped to order by the +Court. + +"I sentence you," he said solemnly, and looking sternly at Horatio, "to +sudden and disagreeable death!" + +He paused, and Horatio staggered against Bo, who was very pale. + +[Illustration: A CASE OF FITS AND REVOLUTION.] + +"To sudden death," continued the Court, "if I catch you running off +and falling in the water with any more of my officer's clothes. And I +now fine you, for the first offense, a performance on the common for the +whole town! Court is adjourned! Show begins at once! Constable, bring +that fiddle!" + +With a wild shout the people poured outside. Many scrambled over each +other to get near Bosephus and the wonderful Bear, and when the violin +was brought and the show had begun every soul in the village was +gathered on the common. + +That night, when all was over, the little boy and the Bear were the +guests of the Justice, who owned a fine plantation adjoining the +village. During the evening he had a long talk with Bo, and seemed +greatly impressed with the little boy's natural ability and shrewdness. +When they parted next morning he said:-- + +"Remember, if you ever feel like giving up travel, come back here and +I'll send you to school and college and make a man of you." + +"I'll remember," said Bo, as they shook hands. A crowd had gathered to +see the travellers off. The constable was among them, and as they +disappeared around a bend in the road he waved and shouted with the +rest. + +"Bosephus," said Horatio gravely, "I hope you don't think of deserting +me. Remember how many close places I have helped you out of. This last +was a little the closest of all, Bosephus, and I shudder to think where +you might have been today if it had not been for me." + +"That's so," said the little boy solemnly. "I don't suppose they'd have +even given me your skin, Ratio." + + + + +CHAPTER X + +AN AFTERNOON'S FISHING + + "Sitting on a bank where the bull frogs dream-- + Sitting on the shore of a deep, deep stream-- + Sitting on a log and waiting for a bite-- + Bound to catch our supper, if we fish--all--night." + + +THE little boy was holding a long cane pole that he had cut as they came +along, on the small end of which he had fastened a hook and line, baited +with a lively worm. The Bear was leaning back against a tree and +watching him lazily. + +"Bo," said he presently, "I shouldn't wonder if that singing of yours +scared the fish all away." + +"I wouldn't say that to you, Ratio. I know if you'd wake up and take the +fiddle and play some they'd walk right out on the bank." + +The Bear laughed sleepily. He was in a comfortable position and the warm +afternoon sun was soothing. He hummed some negro lines he had heard:-- + + "When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' mus' jes' set an' wait-- + When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' must spit on yo' bait-- + When yo' wan' to ketch fish yo' mus' git across de tide, + For dey's alw'ys bettah fishin' on de oth--ah--side." + +"I shouldn't wonder if you were right, Ratio," assented Bo, anxiously. +"It does look better over there, only there's no way to get across +except this slippery looking, rotten old log, and I don't feel much like +trying that." + +"Walk out on it a little way, Bo," said Horatio, getting interested, +"and throw your line over there by that cypress snag. That looks like a +good place." + +Bosephus rose cautiously, and, balancing himself with the long cane +pole, edged his way a few inches at a time toward the middle of the +stream, pausing every little way to be sure that the log showed no sign +of yielding. He could swim, but he did not wish for a wetting, and +besides there were a good many alligators in these Louisiana waters and +some very fierce snapping turtles. He had heard the negroes say that +alligators were particularly fond of boys, and that snapping turtles +never let go till it thundered. He had no wish to furnish supper for an +alligator and there were no signs of a thunder storm. Hence he advanced +with great prudence. When he had nearly reached the centre Horatio +called to him. + +"Try it from there, Bo! Your line's long enough to reach!" + +The little boy steadied himself by a limb that projected from the log +and swung his line in the direction the Bear had indicated. Then he +waited, holding his breath almost, and watching his float, which lay +silently on the water. Horatio was watching, too, with half closed eyes, +and now and then giving instructions. + +"Pull it a little more to the right, Bo--nearer that root," he +whispered. + +Bosephus obeyed, but the float still lay silently on the water. + +"Draw it a little toward you, Bo; sometimes when they think its going +away they make a rush for it." + +Again the little boy did as directed, but without result. + +"Lift out your bait and see if it's all right. Now fling it a little +further toward the bank." + +Bo lifted out the bait, which was still lively and untouched, and flung +it far over toward the other shore. Then he waited in silence once more, +but there was no sign of even so much as a nibble. + +"Oh, pshaw, Ratio!" he said at last impatiently. "I don't believe you +know anything about fishing. Either that or there are no fish in +here--one of the two." + +He had turned his head toward the Bear as he spoke and was not looking +at his float. All at once the Bear sat straight up, pointing at the +water. + +"Your cork's gone!" he shouted. "You've got one! Pull, Bo, pull!" + +The little boy turned so quickly that he almost lost his balance and +could not immediately obey. Horatio was wild with excitement. + +"Why don't you pull?" he howled. "Do you expect him to climb up your +pole? Are you waiting for him to make his toilet before he appears? +Well, talk about fishermen!" + +Bosephus was struggling madly to follow instructions. He was holding to +the dead limb like grim death and pulling fiercely at the pole with one +hand. The fish must be a large one, for it swung furiously from side to +side, but could not be brought to the surface. Horatio on the bank was +still shouting and dancing violently. + +"You'll lose him!" he yelled; "you'll never in the world land him that +way. You ought to go fishing for tin fish in a tub! Just let me out +there; I'll show you how to fish!" and Horatio made a rush toward the +log on which Bo was standing. + +[Illustration: "PULL, BO, PULL!"] + +"Go back! Go back!" screamed the little boy. "It won't hold us both!" +But the Bear was too much excited by this time to heed any caution. He +hurried to the centre of the log and seizing the pole from Bo's hand +gave a fierce pull. The fish swung clear of the water and far out on the +bank, but the strain on their support was too great. There was a loud +cracking sound, and before they knew what had happened both were +struggling in the water. + +"Help! Help!" howled Horatio. "I'm drowning!" + +"Hold to the end of the log!" shouted Bo. "I'll swim ashore and tow you +in with the pole!" + +He struck out as he spoke and in a few strokes was near enough to seize +some bushes that overhung the water. Suddenly he heard Horatio give +forth a scream so wild that he whirled about to look. Then he saw +something that made him turn cold. In a half circle, a few feet away +from where Horatio was clinging to the end of the broken log for dear +life, there had risen from the water a number of long, black, ugly +heads. A drove of alligators! + +"Bo! Bo!" shrieked the wretched Bear. "They're after me! They'll eat me +alive--skin and all! Save me! Save me!" + +The little boy swung himself to the shore and dashed up the bank. His +first thought had been to seize the fishing pole and with it to drag +Horatio to safety. But at that instant his eye fell on the violin. He +had learned to play very well himself during the last few weeks and he +remembered the night of the panther dance in the Arkansaw woods. He +snatched up the instrument and struck the bow across the strings. + +"Sing, Horatio!" he shouted. "It's your turn to sing!" and Bosephus +broke out into a song that after the first line the Bear joined as if he +never expected to sing again on earth. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there was an Old Bear went out for a swim, + And the alligators came just to take a look at him, + +[Illustration: "OH, THERE WAS AN OLD BEAR WENT OUT FOR A SWIM."] + +[Illustration: Music] + + And the Bear was glad to see 'em, and he wanted them to stay, + And he sang a song to please 'em so they wouldn't go away." + +As the music rolled out on the water there rose to the surface another +half circle of dark objects. The Bear shut his eyes and his voice grew +faint. They were snapping turtles. + +"Stop, Bo!" he wailed. "It's no use. It only brings more of 'em, and new +kinds." + +"No, no; go on," whispered Bo, who had crept down quite to the water's +edge. "Now--ready! sing!" + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Then 'tis 'Gator, Alligator, we expect to see you later, + If you really have to leave us--if you can't remain to tea-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + Then 'tis Turtle, Mr. Turtle, you will notice we are fertile, + In providing entertainment for our com--pa--nee." + +New arrivals appeared constantly until the water and logs and stumps by +the water's edge were alive with listening creatures. Still remembering +the panther dance the boy called in a whisper to Horatio:-- + +"Softly now; sing it again." + +They repeated the song, letting their voices and music gradually blend +into the whispering of the trees. Bo sang with closed eyes, but the +watching Bear saw the listening circle of heads sink lower and lower so +gently that he could not be sure when the water had closed over them. +From roots and logs and stumps dark forms slid noiselessly into the +stream and disappeared. The music died away and ceased. Horatio looked +at the little boy eagerly. + +[Illustration: "HELP! HELP!"] + +"Quick, the pole, Bo," he called softly. "They're all gone." + +A moment later he was holding on to the cane pole with teeth and claws +and being towed to shore. As he marched up the bank he picked up the +large fish that was still flopping at the end of the line. + +"Very fine, Bosephus," he said, holding it up. "You wouldn't have had +that fish for supper if it hadn't been for me, Bosephus." + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE ROAD HOME + + "Going back to Arkansaw as fast as we can go-- + Never mind the winter time--never mind the snow, + For the weather's not so chilly as the Louisiana law, + And we'll feel a good deal safer in the Ar--kan--saw." + + +IT had happened in this way. The afternoon before Christmas had come and +the little boy and the Bear had been talking over a Christmas dinner for +the next day. + +"Bosephus," Horatio had said, "we must have something extra. I should +like a real old-fashioned dinner. One such as I used to have; but, of +course, that is all over now." And there was an untamed, regretful look +in his eyes. + +"Ratio," said Bo, "we have got a lot of money--nearly two hundred +dollars. We can afford to have something good. I will buy a duck and a +turkey and maybe some pies. We'll take a holiday and eat from morning +till night if we feel like it." + +The Bear smiled at this thought and touched the strings of the violin. + + "Oh, we'll buy a tender turkey, and we'll buy a youthful duck, + And some pies, perhaps, and cookies, and some doughnuts, just for luck, + And we'll take our Christmas dinner where the balmy breezes stray, + And we'll spread it in the sunshine and we'll eat--all--day." + +Suddenly he paused in his singing and listened. They were coming out +into an open space and there was a sound of a voice speaking. Somebody +was talking in a foreign language that Bo did not understand, but the +Bear trembled with eagerness. + +"Bo," he whispered, "that's Italian. That's the way my first teacher +talked. The one that abused me--and died." + +The Bear licked out his tongue fiercely at this memory and pushed +forward into the open, the little boy following. As they stepped out +where they could see, Bosephus uttered an exclamation and Horatio a +snort of surprise. By the roadside sat a dark-browed, villainous-looking +Italian and before him stood a miserable half-starved bear cub, which he +was trying to teach. He would speak a few words to it and then beat it +fiercely with a heavy stick. The little bear cowered and trembled and +could not obey. Horatio gave a low dangerous growl as Bo held him back. +The Italian turned and saw them. + +"What are you beating that cub for?" asked Bo, sternly. + +The Italian looked at him evilly. + +"Maka him grow an' dance an' playa fid, lika yo' bear," he said, +sullenly. "Soa he maka da mun'." + +"That won't do it. You can teach him better with kindness. Throw that +stick away. Aren't you ashamed of yourself." + +"Minda yo' own biz," was the insolent reply. + +The little boy saw that it would not be safe to stay there any longer. +The cub was whining pitifully and Horatio was becoming furious. He +turned away, the Bear following reluctantly. When they had gone perhaps +a half a mile Horatio paused. + +"Let's camp here," he said. "This is a nice place and I'm tired." + +Bosephus was tired, too. The day before Christmas with its merry +preparation had been a big day among the plantations and the friends had +reaped a harvest. + +"All right, Ratio," he said, and they made preparations for the night, +though it was still quite early. + +[Illustration: "MAKA HIM GROW AN' DANCE AN' PLAY A 'FID'."] + +"Bo," said the Bear, reflectively, "Christmas always reminds me of +when I was a little cub like that poor little fellow we saw back yonder. +I was a Christmas present--by accident." + +"A Christmas present by accident! How was that?" + +"It was this way. I was always brave and adventurous, as you know. My +folks lived in a very large tree and were all asleep for the winter +except me. I stayed awake so as to run away and see the world. Well, I +started out and I travelled and I travelled. It was all woods and I lost +my way. By and by I got very tired and climbed up into a thick evergreen +tree to rest. I suppose I went to sleep and some men who were out +hunting for a Christmas tree must have picked out mine and tied the +limbs together tight with cords and cut it down. Then I suppose they +must have carried me home and set the tree up in its place and untied +the cords, for the first I knew I was tumbling out on to a carpet in a +big room, and a lot of children were screaming and running in every +direction. I was bigger and some fatter than that cub we saw with the +Italian--poor little fellow. + +"I'd like to talk to that villain about five minutes alone," continued +Horatio, grimly. "I'm sure I could interest him. I'd tell him about the +man that used to beat me, and I might give him an imitation of what +happened to him," and the big fellow rose and walked back and forth in +excitement. + +"But go on with your story, Ratio; what happened to you after you fell +out of the Christmas tree?" + +"Oh! the children tamed me and fed me till I got so big they were afraid +of me, and then I ate up some young pigs and a calf and went away." + +"You ran away, you mean. What happened then?" + +"Well, I went quite a distance and fell in with a circus. I learned to +dance there and stayed with them a while. But one day the young ibex +came in to see me and they couldn't find anything of him after that +except his horns, and seemed suspicious of me, so I went away again." + +"Oh, Ratio!" + +"Yes; I travelled and changed about a good deal till by and by I fell in +with the Italian who promised to teach me to play the violin, and he did +teach me some, as you know, but he wasn't kind to me, so I--I wore +mourning for him a while, and went away again. Then I met up with you, +and you taught me the second part of our tune, and we went into +partnership and I reformed, and we've been together ever since. We've +been in some pretty close places together, Bosephus, but I've always +managed to pull us through safely, and you have behaved very nobly, too, +at times, Bosephus--very nobly, indeed." + +"Are you sure you have reformed, Horatio?" + +Horatio swung the violin to his shoulder and drew the bow across the +strings. Then he sang softly:-- + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there's some folks say a nigger won't steal, + But I caught one in my corn-fiel'. + +[Illustration: Music] + + And there's other folks say that a Bear will tame, + But I wouldn't trust him with my----" + +he hesitated, and then, with a final flourish, + + "with my money all the same." + +The little boy laughed. The Bear seemed to have forgotten the cruel +Italian and was in his usual good humor. + +"I think I can trust you, Horatio; I'm not a bit afraid of you." + +"Bo," said Ratio, speaking suddenly, "speaking of Christmas trees, we +ought to have one. I saw a beautiful one up the stream yonder. I think +I'll go and get it, if you'll look after the supper while I'm gone." + +"Why, yes, Horatio, only don't be long about it." + +Horatio struck the violin with a long vigorous sweep. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, we'll have a tree for Christmas in this Louisiana isthmus, + Where the orange trees are waving and the jasmines are in bloom; + +[Illustration: Music] + + And I'll have a Christmas dinner, if I don't I am a sinner, + And I'll eat it if it sends me to my doom--doom--doom." + +Bo laughed again. He had never seen Horatio in a better humor. + +"If you eat too much pie it may send you to your doom--doom--doom," he +said. "Hurry back, now, with that tree. You can pull it up by the roots +and we'll plant it again here. Then it will keep right on growing." + +The bear set out up the stream and the boy busied himself with building +a fire and taking out of a sack a lot of food that had been given them +by the planters during the afternoon. He spread this on the leaves and +moss and then sat down and gazed into the bright blaze. It was pleasant +and warm and he was quite tired. After a while he wondered sleepily why +the Bear didn't come back, and concluded he was having a hard time +pulling up the tree. Then he began thinking of all the adventures they +had had together and of the little cub bear and the cruel Italian. + +"I was tempted to let Horatio at him," he thought. "A man like that +should be beaten until he couldn't stand. That poor little creature! How +wistfully he looked at us. He kept whining--perhaps he was telling Ratio +something." + +The little boy's head nodded forward now and then and presently he +slept. He slept soundly and the moments flew by unheeded. He was having +a long dream about old man Todd and the girls and the two candy hearts, +when suddenly there arose close at hand such a commotion, such a +mingling of excited language, fierce snarls and crashing of brush that +the little boy leaped to his feet wildly. + +"Ratio!" he shouted. "Ratio! where are you?" + +The only answer was the redoubled fury of the furious uproar, which Bo +now located at the edge of the road but a few feet away. He tore through +the brush hastily in that direction. As he reached the spot the turmoil +ceased and he heard the sound of running feet. Dashing through into the +road he beheld a strange sight. A half-naked man was disappearing over +the hill just beyond, and Horatio, holding some rags of clothing in one +hand and the paw of the little bear in the other, was looking after him +hungrily, as if about to pursue. Before him lay the Christmas tree badly +broken and bruised. + +"Ratio!" exclaimed Bo. "What have you been doing?" + +The Bear looked at Bo sheepishly. + +"I went for the Christmas tree," he said, meekly, "and just as I was +coming back the Italian man came along, and he was beating this little +chap, and so I tried the Christmas tree on him to see how he liked it. +Then we got into an argument, and when he went away he left the cub with +us and didn't take all of his clothing." + +The little boy reflected a moment. + +"I hope, Horatio," he said, gravely, "you did not mean to break your +agreement about, you know--about dinners." + +"I didn't, Bo; honest, I didn't. I wouldn't touch that fellow if I was +starving. But I did pretty nearly break his neck, Bo, and I'm glad of +it!" + +[Illustration: GOING BACK TO ARKANSAW.] + +"Ratio," said Bo, solemnly, "it's very wrong, I suppose; very wrong, +indeed; but I'm glad, too. Only we've got to postpone that Christmas +dinner. That fellow will be back here to-night with officers, and we've +had all the law we want. We start for Arkansaw in five minutes. A bite +of supper and then right about! ready! march!" + +And this was the reason Horatio and Bosephus and the little cub bear +were travelling swiftly northward in spite of the winter weather that +was not yet over. The cub was small and weak and Horatio, who loved him +and sometimes called him "little brother," often carried him. They gave +no performances, but only pushed forward, mile after mile, chanting +solemnly:-- + + "Going back to Arkansaw as fast as we can go-- + Never mind the winter time and never mind the snow, + For the weather's not so chilly as the Louisiana law, + And we'll feel a good deal safer in the Ar--kan--saw." + +[Illustration: HORATIO WAS LOOKING AT HIM HUNGRILY.] + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +THE BEAR COLONY AT LAST. THE PARTING OF BOSEPHUS AND HORATIO + + "Oh, the wind blows fair and the snow is gone + In the Arkansaw when the spring comes on. + Oh, the sun shines warm and the wind blows fair, + For the boy and the cub and the Old--Black--Bear." + + +SO sang Bosephus and Horatio as they sat side by side in the doorway of +a deserted lumberman's cabin in the depths of an Arkansaw forest. The +cub rescued from the brutal Italian and brought with them on their hasty +journey out of Louisiana, stood a few feet away watching them intently. +Now and then he made an awkward attempt at dancing, which caused +Bosephus and Horatio to stop their music and laugh. He had grown fat and +saucy with good treatment, and seemed to enjoy the amusement he caused. +At a little distance behind him, some seated and some standing, and all +enjoying the entertainment, were seven other bears of various sizes. The +colony so long planned by Horatio and Bosephus was established. + +The long journey out of Louisiana had been made rapidly and with no +delays. Though midwinter when begun, the weather had been beautiful at +the start, and there had been few storms and but little cold since. The +cub had gradually confided his story to Horatio, who loved him and +continued to call him affectionately "little brother." He had been +captured in a very deep woods, he said, by hunters, who sold him to the +Italian. He did not know where these woods were, but as the friends +crossed the Louisiana line and entered lower Arkansaw he grew more and +more excited every day, for he declared these were so like his native +woods that he could almost hear his mother's voice crooning the evening +lullaby. Soon after, they came one evening upon a deserted lumberman's +camp and took possession of the one cabin that still remained. It was a +good shelter and there was a stream with fine fish in it close at hand. +But when the friends awoke next morning the little bear was gone. + +They were very sorry, for they had grown much attached to the little +chap and he had seemed to be fond of them also. It was very lonely in +the deep forest without him. Horatio sighed. + +"He didn't appreciate us, Bo," he said, sadly. "He's gone back to be a +wild bear. He never got the taste of men--tastes, I mean, and I suppose +these woods made him homesick. They are like my old woods, too, and I +get homesick sometimes--even now." Then the boy and the Bear went to the +brook to fish and the day passed gloomily. + +But that night, when Bo had built a fire in the big fireplace which +almost filled one end of the cabin, and was cooking the fish, there came +a muffled scratching sound at the door. Horatio sprang to his feet +instantly. + +"That's Cub," he said, excitedly. + +The boy ran to the door and opened it. Sure enough, the little cub stood +before him, and out of the darkness behind gleamed seven other pairs of +eyes. The boy was brave, but as he saw that row of fiery orbs he felt +his flesh creep and his hair began to prickle. + +"Horatio!" he called, softly, "come quick." + +[Illustration: THE POOR BEAR GAVE WAY COMPLETELY.] + +The Bear was already by his side, and a moment later with the cub +stepped out into the night. Then Bosephus heard low growls followed by a +strange commotion, which he at first took to be the sound of fighting. +Suddenly Horatio ran to him in great excitement. + +"Bo, Bo!" he exclaimed, "it's my family! and, oh, Bosephus, it's Cub's +family, too! We're really brothers, and we didn't know it!" Then he ran +back into the dark and presently returned with the cub and the seven +other bears, following. The newcomers stared and blinked at the little +boy as they entered the lighted cabin and then withdrew to a darker +corner, where they sat silently regarding everything that passed, like +strangers from the country. The cub sat with them and whispered softly, +in the bear tongue, and Horatio now and then went over, too, and no +doubt told them marvellous tales of his strange adventures. Late that +night all lay down to sleep--the little boy in the arms of his faithful +friend. + +And so the Bear Colony had begun, even sooner than Bo and Ratio had +expected, and they had given up all notion of travelling any further. +The lumber camp was deserted for good by the woodcutters, for the +largest trees had been cut out and taken away long before. The cabin was +headquarters--Bosephus was president, Horatio prime minister, and the +cub, because of his adventures and slight educational advancement, was +chief assistant. Early spring was upon the land, and the woods were +beginning to be sweet with song and blossom. Bosephus was almost afraid +at first that, with the native woods and the renewal of home ties, +Horatio might return more or less to his savage instincts, but he became +gentler and more docile than ever. His place as prime minister and chief +instructor made him realize his advancement and the importance of good +behavior. He was grave and dignified, and about the fire in the evening, +played the violin with an air of skill and superiority that was very +impressive. Bosephus at first enjoyed it all immensely. The bears were +obedient and submissive, and were gradually learning to understand his +language. He had more money than he would ever need and was lord of all +he surveyed. + +But gradually there came a change. He grew tired of seeing only the +black faces and shining eyes of his subjects and of hearing only the +singing of bees and birds. At first he did not realize what was the +matter. Then it came to him at last that this life of the forest was +palling upon him and that, like the cub, he yearned for his own +kind--the faces of men. + +One morning he divided up the money into two equal parts and slipped out +to where Horatio was sunning himself and playing softly before the +cabin. + +"Horatio," he said, tenderly, "I have divided up the money. Here is your +half. You have been the best friend I ever had and it breaks my heart to +leave you, but I can't live away from my own race any longer. I am going +back to Louisiana, to the planter who told me to come back and he would +send me to school and college and make a man of me," and then the little +boy suddenly broke down and fell weeping into his companion's arms. + +For some moments Horatio could not speak. Then he spoke, sobbing between +every word. + +"Bo--Bo--you--you're--not--not going to--to leave me! Oh, Bo!" and the +poor Bear gave way completely and wept on the little boy's shoulder. +They were all alone, as the others had gone out together for a walk. At +last Horatio put the boy gently from him and took up his violin. He +began to play very softly and sang in a breaking voice:-- + + "Oh, he's going away to leave me to the Lou'siana shore, + And I'll never see my darling, my Bosephus, any more; + He's divided up the money, and he's going far away, + And my poor old heart is breaking but he--will--not--stay. + We have battled with the weather--we have faced the world together-- + Never caring why or whether--never minding when or where-- + But he says we now must sever--happy days are done forever, + For Bosephus and the fiddle and the Old--Black--Bear!" + +[Illustration: FELL WEEPING INTO HIS COMPANION'S ARMS.] + +An hour later Bo was wending his way southward through the sweet spring +woods alone. In his inner breast pocket was stored every dollar the +friends had earned together. + +"I will never need it now, Bo," Horatio had said at parting, "and you +will need a great many times as much. Take it and sometimes think of +your far off faithful Ratio." And then, after one long embrace, they had +parted. And now the little boy was trying to keep up courage to carry +out what he had undertaken. At every turn in the path he was tempted to +return and throw himself in Horatio's arms. But he pressed on, hoping to +arrive at some sort of habitation for the night, which he did not like +to pass alone in the woods. + +"Poor old Ratio," he thought. "He will be happier with his own people +after a while. And perhaps he will really civilize them." He turned and +cast one long look in the direction of the colony which he could no +longer see. Then facing about again he hurried forward. About a mile +further on he paused at a little brook for a drink. He was bending over +the water when he heard a sudden crashing in the bushes behind him. He +started up instantly and seized a heavy stick that lay close at hand. +Nearer and nearer came the tearing through the brush, like some heavy +animal in fierce chase. The boy stepped out of the path to let the +creature pass, and then, all at once, he gave a cry of joy and surprise. +Headlong out of the bushes, stumbling and rolling at his feet, with +tears streaming from his eyes and violin under his arm, was Horatio. + +"Bo, Bo!" he cried. "I couldn't stand it. I'm going with you. That kind +planter will give me a place to stay, I know, and maybe if he sends you +to college he'll let me go, too. I could play for the college boys, Bo, +and help pay your way. Don't send me back, Bo! Don't send me back!" + +Bo embraced him silently. + +"Why, of course not, Ratio," he said at last, "but I thought you wanted +to have a colony of your own people." + +"I did, Bo, but I have turned it over to Cub. He can take care of it. +Like you, Bo, I have been civilized too long to live away from men! And, +besides, Bo, you need me to protect you." Horatio recovered his dignity +at this point and continued, gravely, "You are brave and noble, +Bosephus, but you need some one near you who is ever ready to face any +danger. Let us sing now, Bosephus, as we travel onward." + +And with a joyful scrape of the strings and a sweet burst of melody the +friends set their faces once more to the South. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "Oh, there was a little boy and his name was Bo, + Went out into the woods when the moon was low. + +[Illustration: Music] + + And he met an Old Bear who was hungry for a snack, + And the folks are still waiting for Bosephus to come back. + +[Illustration: Music] + + "For the boy became the teacher of this kind and gentle creature, + Who was faithful in his friendship and was watchful in his care, + +[Illustration: Music] + + And they travelled on forever and they'll never, never sever, + Bosephus and the fiddle and the Old--Black--Bear." + +[Illustration: "And they traveled on forever"] + + * * * * * + +Transcriber's Notes: + +Obvious punctuation errors repaired. + +Page 20, "TO" changed to "BO" (BO was awake first) + +Page 66, two lines of text were transposed. The original read: + + + of them----" + down here are mighty fond of bear meat, and there's such a lot + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Arkansaw Bear, by Albert Bigelow Paine + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ARKANSAW BEAR *** + +***** This file should be named 28302.txt or 28302.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/3/0/28302/ + +Produced by David Edwards and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net Music by Linda +Cantoni(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/28302.zip b/28302.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d327d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/28302.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bd685f --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #28302 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/28302) |
